Press Alt + R to read the document text or Alt + P to download or print.

No preview available

The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutWTR272878 (3)DESIGNED FOR ROUTINE SIGNALING • Effectrve range of 200 feet (61 m) • Reproduces coded or sustained tones * Model 350 —12. 24, 120 and 240VAC and produces 1000 010' (110dB Q 1 m) • Model 450 — 12, 24, 125 and 25OVDC and produces 99dB 0 10' (109dB 9 1m) • IIL Listed, cLJL Listed, GSA Certified, FM Approved • NEMA 4 with Panel mount gasket- NLMA 4X, IP55 witti weatherproal backbox (WB) RH2 ENGINEERING INC PAGE 02 VibratoneO Horns r Modes 350 and 450 /Floe �` Aso - f2o w The Models 350 (AC current) and 450 (DC current) Vibratonet' hums produce sound by the electro• mechanical vibratior of a diaphragm. The ham mechanism with diaphragm is attached to the grille. indoor nr outdoor use depends on the back box used. Rath models may be fitted with a single projector (Model PR) or a double projector (Model P112). Model 350 is available in 12, 24, 120 0r 240VAC for 50160Hz. Its sound output level is IQ= nnomiril at te11 feet 10dB 01 meter); the 12VAC model is rated for 94dB at ten feet (104dB 0 1 meter). Model 45D is available in 12, 21, 125 and 2590C - the 25QVDC model is excellent for coding and alarm usage The 24VDC, 125Vll(; and 25OVDC versions are rated at 99dB at ten legit (109dB 0 1m); the 1?VDC version is rated at 93d8 at 10 (1 OUB ct 1m). These Federal Signal horns accommodate surface, flush or semi - flush mounting on walls, panels, in cabinets, or on 4-inch square outlet boxes (not Included with signal) FDr NEMA Type 4 appli- rations, an optional gasket kit is available for surface or flush panel mounting. The 350 and 450 models are made of die-cast Zinc: with gray enamel finish. Bath outer housings measure 4" x 4' x 211," and resist vandalism without reducing sound Output Model 350 has a stainless steel diaphragm- Model 450 has an aluminum alloy diaphragm and heavy-duty contacts. Both are Ut and cUL Listed (Underwriters Laboratories). GSA (Canadian Standards Association) Certified and FM Approved. When used with the weatherproof back box (Model WB), these horns also meet NEMA 4X rmuirements. Capable of reproducing coded blasts or sustained tones, Federal Signal's Vibratone horns are excellent for general alarm, start/dis- missal, coded paging and process control signaling in areas where their sound output exceeds ambient noise levels. Compact sire and a variety of installation options make them ideal for insti- tutional use. Operating DeModel vu!lagp Current cib(31s Cm $50 12VAC 50 OHz 0-90 amps 94 10d 360 24VAC 50/60Hz 0.90 amps 100 110 - 350 120VAC 501013liz 018 amps 100 110 35C 240VAC 50/60;ii 0.09 amps 100 110 450 12VOC 0.13 amp. 93 103 00 12VDC _- 0.50 amps 99 109 �-- 45C 24VDC 0.25 arrps R9 109 450 125voc 0.115 amps 99 109 450 250VDC 0.03 amps 0 109 05/0642002 67:53 509-886-2313 RH21 ENGINEERING INC PAGE e,3 VIBRATONE° HORNS (350/450) 3 OPTIONS F11 WA Ox for flush mouriing the Vibra one hom in stud. 4' block or uihet shallow wa'l Construction: Vh* square box; 27e de6p, shipping weight 2 lbs. (a 91 M) F$L Some as F8. but 3%` deep for 6' x 8' cornett block, cinder block or other deep wall construction; sh'ppinr vet 3 lbs. 1.36 kqi K Flus i grille which attaches w the bas c unit ane serves as the cover of the plastemsd-in f43 thisti box, 6' H x F W x'h* D; shipping w:. 1 lb. (0.45 kg) K8435686A Optional Panel Mounting Gasket K!1 include. a gasket and hardware lot sur- face or fl.-sh mounting the hem for NEWA?ype 4 applica3uns. me 4' square box 'A th'h' &W knockouts for inlvi r rnouniiips; t'I:'Aeep; slipping weigtr l lb, (0.45 kg) PFI Proiector which c❑ncentrates sound imc a basic area when attached to :he basic model 35W450 dnits: 4' H x 4' IN x V D; shippinp weight 1 lb- (BA5 kg) PN2 Double proie; for dire.-t5 sounds to both side° when ,attached to it* basic mooel 353/450 units, Ideal for use in hallways; 4' H x 11'N W x 4' D; ship- piN weight 21bs. (0,91 kg) Sf Stamped surlace plate used for installations on plastered -in 4' outiei s%ltcir baxes for semi -flush rnuuatings: FH x 6' W x'h D; Shipping weight 1 lb. 1045 kg) Will last aluminum neoprene-pasketed weatherproof housing for outsi& use, corttpiete with mounting lugs; tapped for'h" condulr 411- ' square box: 2' deep mourrhn6 lugs on 4'h" centers; shipping weight 1 lb. (0-45 Ire) SPECIFICATIONS Operating Temp.: -65`F to 1509E -540C to 66DC Net Weight 1.4 Ibs 0.6 kg Shipping Weight 1.5 Ihs. 0.7 kg Height 4.0' 107 MM Width. 4.0' 102 rem Depth: 2.5' 64 mm `b 350 HOW TO ORDER • Specity model and Voltage • Specify ophuns tram list REPLACEMENT _PARTS Parel Mourn Gasket Kit K8435666A Goil (120VAC only) KFCt 516C 2645 Federal Signal Dr., University Park, It. 60406 Tel: 708.534.4756 fax 708.534.4852 www.tederalsipnal rndust.com !1? � Dehumidifier 300 Simon Street SE; Suite 5 East Wenatchee. WA 98802 509-886-2900 800-720-8052 Fax 509-886-2313 Project Submittal Review ProjectName: North Talbot Pump Station Rehabilitation & Other Water Facility Modifications Contractor. Omega Contractors, Inc. Subcontractor. Submittal No: 8 Submittal Date: 6/12/02 Project No: REN 101-032 ReuicwedBy- DJ 0 Reviewed ❑ Rejected ❑ Revise and Resubmit Item(s)Reviewed and Comments: m Approval Comment _ Action Reviewed RECEIVED JUG! 17 2002 CITY OF RENTON UTILITY SYSTEMS 9,1), JIVI ❑ Furnish as Corrected Ite corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with the requirements of the drawings and specifications. This chest: is only for review of general conformance with the desion concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. The contractor is responsible for confirming ano correlating all quantities ane dimensions. seiecvnc faoncation processes and techniques of construction. coordinating his work with that of ali other traces, ano periormina his worK in a safe anc satisfactory manner. J:tdatalREM101-0321Submittals\submdtal u8.aoc Air Treatment I y Qehumidifers:. Order today! phone fax visit www.grainger.com fast easy OASIS LOW TEMPERATURE DEHUMIDIFIER OASISn --i Helps prevent humidity and. moisture dam- els. Off and continuous run positions are k1 n� Pa.R Av • , age in enclosed areas with temperatures as low as 40°F. Designed for problem indus- indicated. To prevent overflow, unit shuts off automatically when moisture container d.1,e - 1-800-323-0620 trial applications such as sewage lift sta- is full and activates red signal light. tions, telephone relay rooms, fire and flood cleanup where ambient temperatures do 75°F. Ten quart water container has hand grips on both sides. For continuous moisture - not exceed removal to a floor drain, coil drip tray has SA2328 When ice forms on the evaporator coil, a garden hose connection fitting. No.3H356 temperature sensing thermostat diverts the hot refrigerant gas through the evapo- Comes with 3-wire service cord and polar- rator coil until the ice has melted. Normal ized plug. 21'Y4H x 15W x 14'/"D. 115 volts, 60 Hz, 7.7 amps, 265 CFM. UL Listed OASIS LIMITED WARRANTY dehumidifying resumes when the evapora- (SA2338). Oasis brand (OD 3800HG). 1-Year parts and labor free from date of purchase with an addi- tional4-years on any part of the sealed refrigeration system. for coil has been defrosted. Being a com- mercial unit, higher noise levels are pro- No. 3H356. Shpg. wt. 58.0 lbs. List Sy 6 duced than residential models (should not Each.............................................e.1480. ■ Helps eliminate excess moisture and mildew be operated in noise sensitive areas). ■ Automatic Humidistat maintains selected Sound level rating is below 65 decibels. humidity Greystone vinyl -on -steel laminate cabinet CAPACITY PINTS PER 24 HOURS- ■ Frost control shuts off dehumidifier, resumes With impact -resistant polystyrene grille. Room Temp. / Relative Humidity after frost has melted Three point suspension. Concealed rollers. (°F) 60 70 80 ■ 115V, 60Hz Adjustable Humidistat automatically turns 65 21 28 18 unit on and off at preselected moisture lev- 60 13 22 ■ RIM 55 8 13 17 OASIS. OASIS COMMERCIAL DEHUMIDIFIERS ■ Ambient range 40-75 °F problem industrial applications such as Re P rh -ila ■ Heavy-duty 16-gauge cabinet sewage lift stations, telephone relay rooms, fire and flood cleanup. 1.800-323-062 , ■ Convenient cord wrap brackets When frost forms on the evap for coil, a f' ■ Furnished with 3-wire service cord and polarized temperature -sensing ther stat activates a timer. Frost will con ' e to accumulate plug for one hour. Time ill then shut-off the compressor, bi a fan will continue to o9328 ■ Cleanable foam filler keep., evaporator coils and operate and ove warm air over the coil condenser free front lint and dust alai! it defrosted. Compressor starts agai d the cycle repeats. ■ Metal grill protects evaporator coils from damage 5E821 dehumidifier has 2 wheels and ■ matic Dehumidistat control located inside handle for easy portability; No. 5E822 cabin dehumidifier has 4 wheels and handle for easy portability. Oasis brand. ■ Built-in con sate pump for cont' us �j moisture remova aximumI' s twenty feet ■ 20 ft. plastic hose incl CAPACITY PINTS PER 24 HOURS No. 5E822 ■ Automatic eva or defrost Room @ 60/ Relative Humidity Temperature No.5E821 No.5E822 OASIS LIMITED WARRANTY Dehum' iers help prevent hu 'dity and ('fl Dehumidifier Dehumidifier moi re damage in enclosed are with 70 30 63 1-Year parts and labor free from date of peratures as low as 40°F. Designe or 60 20 45 purchase. 50 11 22 40 6 12 CaQacily Total Refrigerant Dimensions (In.)t Oasis Stock Shppg. V ® 70 F (Pis.) volts Hx Refrigerant Charge IV) CFM H W D Color del No. List Each 30 115+/-10 % 1 Ph 10.2 R-134a 12 330 21'/K 15'/4 14% 1 Mocha Tan DC-4 5E821 $1108.37 $772.00 88.0 63 115+/-10%1Ph 9.5 R134A 21 560 25A 19'/4 161h Mocha Tan OC-75 822 1539.35 1879.00 128.0 (r) Without handle and wh / 3584 1 MUNGER A 0 ■ 24V, 60 Hz, 3-Watt Moto ■ Evaporative capacities i ■ For gas, oil, electric fur ■ Treated with Ultra-Fres cleaner ■ Humidistat required; s( ■ 115 to 24V transformer No. 2E384, 19.3-G Convair-Cone provi( through evaporator snap -off cover with Case constructed 4 ABS plastic. Water r plastic for long -life t float valve. Suppliec bypass duct, air by collar assembly and No. 4E232, 17.0-G. allows maximum around evaporative motor, viewing por control. Case is of c plastic constructior lation hardware. No. 2E390, 15.0-Ga' humidifier for hay runs through evap tube, flushing awa longer pad life. Ca: or cold air plenum horizontal Airnace. 6" diameter duct. Operates on air p fan, pump or float, saver" solenoid val case. Removable panel. Stock No. Type 2E384 Wheel Bypas 4E232 Wheel Bypas 2E390 Drain By pasE 2E463 Wheel Bypas (t) Inside: from plenum or r 4,nr .. i,lu !minimum (IM' Humid! Stock 1 1E957,2E095,2E181 2E384 2E463,4E232 7F577 Type Wheel Bypass Wheel Bypass Drain Bypass Wheel Bypass (k) Al 140" plenum tempel RN E E R SN N E R SN T I S T S 300 Simon Street SE; Suite 5 East Wenatchee, WA 98802 509-886-2900 800-720-8052 Fax 509-886-2313 RECEIVE) ,ITY OF RENTON UTILITY SYSTEMS Project Submittal Review Project Name: North Talbot Pump Station Rehabilitation & Other Water Facility Modifications Contractor. Omega Contractors, Inc. Subcontractor. Submittal No: 7 Submittal Date: 6/12102 ProjectNa REN 101-032 Revicwed®y. DJ Engneer: yV Reviewed ❑ Rejected ❑ Revise and Resubmit ❑ Furnish as Corrected Items )Reviewed and Comments: Item Approval Action Comment Light Fixture Al Reviewed Light Fixture A2 Reviewed Light Fixture A3 Reviewed Light Fixtures A4 Reviewed Order with LPI (lamp included) designation Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with the requirements of the drawings and Specifications. This checti Is only for review of general conformance with the design concept o` the profec: and general compliance witr the Information given in the contract document The contractor is responsiole for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions_ selecting facrication processes and techniques of constructor coordinating his worv, with that of au other trades, and performino his woM in a safe and satisfactory manne-. J: data\REM101-0321Suomittalslsuomttal #7.doc rLinear Fluorescent `VRI(P Ordering Information UR Series No. of lamps VRI 1 For tandem double 2 length unit, add 37 prefix T. Example: TVRI Industrials Intended Use General illumination for rough service (vandal resistant) applications. Ideal for tunnels, canopies, shipping docks, refrig- erated areas, food processing, or any non -hazardous environment that requires a wet location listing. Features Housing — Impact -resistant, UV -resistant, fiberglass -reinforced polyester housing with cold rolled steel enclosed wireway. Lens — High -impact acrylic diffuser stan- dard. Secured to fully-gasketed housing by captive, tamper -resistant cam -action latches. I Lamp type 32 32W T8 (48") 40 40W T12 (48") 48 38W Slimline (48") 48HO 60W 800 mA (48") 96 75W Slimline (96") 96HO 110W 800mA (96") 96T8 59W T8 Slimline (96") 96T8HO 86W T8 380mA (96") -----� avAt I&W e r Lens type' (blank) High -impact acrylic, 50% DR DP High -impact deep acrylic, 50% DR' PCL Polycarbonate5 Accessories (Order separately) RKt T20BIT Hex -base driver bit, Torx TX20, for tamper -resistant screws with cen- ter reject pin. RK1 T20ORV Torx TX20 screwdriver, for use with tamper -resistant screws with cen- ter reject pin. Latches — Six tamper -resistant latches per 4' unit, ten per 8' unit. Finish — Painted parts finished with high - gloss, bakedwhite enamel. Five -stage iron - phosphate pretreatment ensures supe rior paint adhesion and rust resistance . Installation — Suitable for surface, chain or stem mounting. Ballast — Thermally -protected, Class P, High Power Factor Electronic ballast stan- dard. Listings — UL Listed (standard). CSA Certi- fied (see Options). UL listed for wet loca- tions. For product details and performance data, see the FLUORESCENT binder or the on-line catalog at www.lithonia.com. Example: VRI 2 40 DP 120 CW Voltage Options 120 CSA CSA Certified 277 For other options and accessories, 347 see below and page 42. MVOLT' NOTES: 1 Lamps not included. 2 32WT8only. 3 Deep lens is standard on 4'slimline, HO (800mA) and 8' fixtures. To match appearance on 4' rapid start, order DP option. 4 Electronic ballast 120-277V. Must specify GEB 101S. 5 Available with 4" standard depth units only. Availability and Dimensions Lamps Lamps per cross per Lamp Width Depth Length Series section fixture type in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm) VRI 1,2,3' 1,2,3 32,40 75A(19.4) 4'/4(12.1) 50(127.0) VRI 1 2 3' 1,2,3 32, 40 7%(19.4) 5%(14.3) 50 (127.0) (AROP option) y TVRI 1,2 2,4 32, 40, 48, 48HO 7% (19.4) 5% (14.3) 98 (248.9) VRI 1,2 11,2 96, 96HO 7%(19.4) 55/a(14.3) 98 (248.9) 96T8, 96T8HO 582 Rough Service Lighting' "PSG /A L/THO/V/A L/GHT//VG Building Mounted Mini Wall-Paks, Polycarbonte Refractor .TWA Contour° Ordering Information Intended Use For entrances, stairwells, corridors and other pedestrian areas. Features Housing — Rear housing is rugged, die- cast aluminum. Corrosion -resistant, cap- tive external hardware includes slotted hex -head and tamperproof fasteners. Fin- ish is dark bronze thermoset polyester powder, electrostatically applied. Optics — Front housing and refractor are one-piece, injection -molded, UV -stabi- lized polycarbonate. High-performance optical system consists of specular anod- ized segmented reflector and computer - designed prism pattern. Standard finish is dark bronze polyester enamel. Refrac- tor sealed with one-piece, high -tempera- ture silicone gasket to inhibit entrance of outside contaminants. Lamp — Medium -base lamp included. Ballast— MH: High -reactance, high -pow- Designation Voltage �h Pressure Sodium Sodium 120 TWA 35S' 2081 TWA 50S2 Y403 TWA 70S2 277 TWA 100S2 347 Metal Halide TB' TWA 5OM' TWA 70M TWA 100M NOTES: 1 120V only. 2 120 R-NPF is standard, 20812401277/347 and TB are High Reactance High Power Factor. 3 Consult factory for availability in Canada. 4 Optional multi -tap ballast 0 20,208,240,277V; 120,277,347V in Canada). 5 Available in 120,277, or347V only. 6 Not availablewithmulti-tap ballast. 7 Lamp not included. 8 Quartz lamp wattage not to exceed ballast wattage rating. 9 Black finish only. HID and fluorescent lamps included with luminaire. er factor standard. HPS: Reactor normal power factor standard, HPF available. UL listed. Electrical components are mount- ed to the cast -aluminum housing, promot- ing maximum heat dissipation. (For 50 hertz availability consult factory). Installation — Top 'b" threaded wiring ac- cess. Back access through 3/4" opening. For feed-thru wiring, use condulettee (not included). Mount on any flat, non-com- bustible vertical surface. Photocell is field installable. Socket— HID is porcelain, horizontally ori- ented, medium -base socket with copper alloy, nickel -plated screw shell and cen- ter contact. UL listed 660W, 600V and 4KV pulse rated. Listings — UL Listed (standard). CSA or NOM Certified (see Options). UL listed for wet locations. IP65 rated in accordance with IEC standard 529. Options/Accessories Installed SF Single fuse (120, 277, 347V►6 OF Double fuse (208, 240)6 EC Emergency circuit" QRS Quartz restrike system',' CR Corrosion -resistant finish (rear housing only) CRT Corrosion -resistant teflon finish (rear housing only)' PE Photocell (button type)6 L/LP Less lamp XHP High power factor ballast (HPS only) - Accessories (Order separately) RK1 PEB1 Photoelectric control kit, 120V RK1 PEB2 Photoelectric control kit, 277V RK1 PEB3 CSA Photoelectric control kit, 347V TWAWG Wireguard For product details and performance data, see the OUTDOOR binder or the on-line catalog at www.lithonia.com. Example: TWA 100M 120 LPI Architectural Colors Colorsiootional) DNA Natural aluminum DBL Black DMB Medium bronze DWH White CSA CSA Certified NOM NOM Certified (consult factory) L_PI Lamp LPI Lamp included as standard Lamp/Fixture/Ballast Data Weight Wattage Ballast Lbs. Kg. High Pressure Sodium (Med/Clear) 35 RNP 11 5 50 RNP 11 5 50 XHP 11 5 70 RNP 11 5 100 RNP 11 5 Metal Halide n FEATURES HOUSING • Engineering -grade polycarbonate housing is impact -resistant, scratch - resistant and corrosion -proof. UL94V-O flame rating. UV -stable resin re- sists discoloration from natural and man-made light sources. • Rugged unibody housing snaps together with no additional fasteners. Faceplate and back cover are interchangeable on housing. Positive snap -fit tabs hold faceplate securely, yet pry out easily for lamp com- partment access. Universal, directional chevron inserts are easily re- moved and reinserted. • Two 5AW T-5 wedge -base tungsten lamps with molded, metallized relector and high -impact polycarbonate lenses provide superior optical control. Unique track and swivel arrangement permits full range of di- rection in lamp head adjustment. • Uniform graphics illumination without shadows or hot spots. Reinforced, impact -resistant color panels. Letters 6` high with 3/4` stroke. • 19,000 hours expected lamp life. • Patent pending. BATTERY • Sealed, maintenance -free lead -calcium battery delivers 90 minutes ca- pacity to emergency lamps. 24-hour recharge after 90-minute discharge. Test switch and LED provide visual and manual means of monitoring system operation. Slip-on battery terminals and polarized battery con- nector simplify installation and maintenance. Optional high -output bat- tery (HO) to power a remote head or exit. See chart on back for details. ELECTRONICS • Custom microchip charger, developed by Lithonia Emergency Systems, provides increased reliability and maximizes battery life. AC/LVD reset allows battery connection before AC power is applied and prevents bat- tery damage from deep discharge. • Two -rate regulated charger minimizes energy consumption and provides low -operating costs. Filtered charger output minimizes charge voltage ripple and extends battery life. Thermal protection senses circuitry tem- perature and adjusts charge current to prevent overheating and charger failure. Current -limiting charger circuitry protects printed circuit boards from shorts. • Brownout protection. MOUNTING Type Catalog number Polycarbonate Exit/Unit Combo HUM Incandescent Lamps ,CEXIT� ZZO&.. -- OLIANTUh1 ° • Easily removed mounting knockouts. J-box pattern on back panel. CODES • UL listed. Meets UL 924, UL 1571, NFPA 101 (current Life Safety Code), NEC and OSHA illumination standards and State of North Carolina Dept. of Insurance specifications. WARRANTY Top or back mounting. Housing snaps to canopy with four positive -lock- Three-year total customer satisfaction warranty. See ing tabs. Cam locking pin secures housing to canopy. e,( �o \ e ecA Product Selection Guide for details. S C� ORDERING INFORMATION HUM Is W 1 Cr Family Face type Number of Panel color HQM Incandes- S Stencil faces Red cent exiU P Panel 1 Single face G Green unit 3 Single face Wit" itte on red Housing with extra RW Red on white color faceplate CUM color GW Green on white W White panel WIG White on green R/G Two color panels (red and green) Accessories Example: HQM S W 1 R 12O/277 FI 120/277 Input Options voltage FI fire alarm flashing interface' 120/277 Dual F Flashing emergency operation (66 flashes/min.)' voltage FA Flashing emergency operation and intermittent audible alarm (66 times/min.; alarm 75 dB at 100cm) H Two 6W tungsten halogen lamps2•1 N Maintenance -free nickel -cadmium battery23 HC High charge indication3 HO High output lead -calcium battery° RO Less lamp heads Order as separate catalog number. ELA CDS N0606 New compact designer square matches HOM Combo head 0, 6W incandescent) ELA CDS HD606 New compact designer square matches HQM Combo head (6V, 6W halogen) ELA IDS H0606 Designer square remote fixture 0, 6W halogen) Notes: 1 Choice of F or Fl. Not available with both. ELA DS N0806 Designer square remote fixture (6V, 8W incandescent) 2 Choice of H or N. Not available with both. ELA IDS H0806 Designer square remote fixture (6V, 8W halogen) 3 Choice of N or HC. Not available with both. ELA NX H0606 NEMA 4X, sealed beam remote fixture (6V,6W halogen) 4 Choice of H or HO. Not available with both. f'AL 1rJVA7JV1A L/GHT/NG EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTEMS EX-676 HUM Incandescent Exit/Unit Combo, Quantum jA j� SPECIFICATIONS MOUNTING ELECTRICAL All dimensions are inches (millimeters). AC lamp Rated DC lamp Rated Supply Max. Float Max. Shipping weight: 6.5 lbs. (3.0k9s.). description life, description life voltage amps watts watts Two 15T6 15W Avg. Two #909 3.6W candelabra 19,000 wedge -base 300 .28 23 23 22120 .26 20 20 incandescent hrs. incandescent BACK TOP BATTERY 2 She,( Expected Optimum (578)578) Voltage life, life] Maintenance temperature' Lead calcium 6 6 months 5-8 years none3 60°-90°F �— Nlcad (N) 6 3 years 7-9 years none'- 32°—lOD°FEXIT C1 10.1/4 11-114 Notes: (260) (286) 1 Based on continuous operation. 2 At 77°F. 13-3/4 4 3 Periodic system status test recommended. (349) (102)I 4 Optimum ambient temperature range where unit will provide capacity for 90 minutes. Higher and lower temperatures affect life and capacity. Consult factoryfor detailed information. REMOTE OUTPUT CAPACITY Combo) Combo, Combo\no Combo\ Combo\ high- no heads (RO) & Standard nicad halogen output heads high -output combo battery (N) lamps (H) battery (HO) (130) battery (HO) NA NA NA 6W 10.8W 16.8W KEY FEATURES Fully assembled at factory. EX-676 ® 1995 Lithonia Lighting, Rev. 2/96 EX-676.PM5 N Install only one fixture instead of two. BACK PLATE a 10-1 /4 5-1/8 (260) ° (130) 6-718 (174) 13 3/4 (349) OfA L/T?L/O/VIA L/GHT/NG EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTEMS ONE LITHONIA WAY, DECATUR, GEORGIA 3D035. TELEPHONE 770 987-42DO. FAX 770 981-8141 IN CANADA: 1100 SOTH AVE.. LACHINE. OUEBEC H8T 2V3. A UNIT OF N.S.I. HOLDINGS. INC. Mini -Floodlight (Lamp Included) Q lA ORDERING SEQUENCE 1 CATALOG NUMBER VOLTAGE OPTIONS (Factory Installed) TFS 70S () ❑ 120 ❑ 2081 ❑ 240' ❑ 277' ❑ TBI WATTS WT. Ibs kg. NEMA DIST. BEAM SPREAD 70 8 4 1 6x7 125°H x 135"V Notes: 1. Requires Optional Ballast type. See Matrix. 2. Optional Multi -Tap Ballast (120, 208, 240, 277V) 3. May be ordered separately, without fixture. MUST see Flood Accessories Sheet for ordering information. Shipped Installed In Fixture ❑ SF Single Fuse (120, 277V) (n/a w/ TB) (n/a w/ RHP) ❑ L/LP Less Lamp ❑ PE Photocell (n/a w/ TB) ❑ YK Yoke Mounting includes 3' Prewired SEO Cable ❑ CR Corrosion Resistant Finish (polyester) ❑ RHP Reactor High Power Factor Ballast (see matrix) ❑ XHP High Reactance High Power Factor Ballast (see matrix) ❑ CWA Constant Wattage Auto Transformer (see matrix) Architectural Colors (painted finish) ❑ OMB Medium Bronze ❑ DBL Black ❑ DNA Natural Aluminum ❑ DSS Sand Stone ❑ DGC Charcoal Grey ❑ DTG Tennis Green ❑ DBR Bright Red ❑ DSB Steel Blue Shipped Separately 3 ❑ TS Tenon Slipfitter (1-1/2' to 2-3/8* O.D. tenon) ❑ WG Wire Guard ❑ UV Upper Visor ❑ FV Full Visor (upper & side) ❑ VG Vandal Guard (polycarbonate shield) T T 12• 12' n o 8' 5' Ballast Matrix Voltage 120' 120 120 120 208 240 277 277 T8 Type RNP RHP XHP CWA XHP XHP XHP CWA sg. Size 5' 5' 8' 8' 8' 8' B' 8' 8' •scanmre ACCESSORIES (Field Installed) (order as separate line item) Cat. No. Description PEK Photocell Kit (120V only) Fixture Type: TFS HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM low SPECIFICATIONS HOUSING - NEMA heavy duty construction. Die-cast aluminum housing and front cover. Front cover is hinged for easy internal access. Lens is heavy duty thermal shock -resistant clear tempered glass. Standard finish is dark bronze TGIC polyester powder electro- statically applied and oven cured. OPTICAL - Anodized aluminum faceted parabolic construction provides high efficiencies. Medium base lamp is included. ELECTRICAL - All electrical components are mounted to the cast aluminum housing. Ballast, 100% copper wound and factory tested, is reactor normal power factor, 12CV. See matrix for optional ballast types and housing size. INSTALLATION - Die-cast aluminum 1/2" NPT mounting knuckle with vertical degree aiming scale is standard. Steel painted mounting yoke and 3 ft. #16 SEO cable is optional. LISTING - UL 1572 listed suitable for wet locations. SOCKET - Porcelain, vertically oriented medium base socket with copper alloy nickel plated shell and center contact. UL listed 4KV pulse rated, 150OW - 60OV. OFALITHONIA HI--TEK INDUSTRIAL/DUTDOOR LIGHTING A DIVISION OF LITHONIA LIGHTING TFS S3 PHOTOMETRIC DATA The charts below provide the most useful data from photometric tests of specific lamp/luminaire combinations. For complete results of any combination shown, or other requirements, contact your LITHONIA representative. LAMP: 70 raft High ►....... S.dfum lump rut.d 6300 Lum , TFS 705 F«t<.ndl. r Il . Il d .n 13' m. 6n q h.i/ht T«t l.p. N.. 1145031101 Aimihl .n/l. • 63,1• !SO FOOTCANDLE DIAGRAMS ISO CAhIDELA C.—S ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS WATTAGE/ PRIMARY LINE CURRENT PRIMARY INPUT POWER REGULATION BALLAST VOLTAGE (AMPS) DROPOUT WATTS FACTOR LINE V = LAMP LUMEN N 70RNP 120 2.10/1.60 96 86 - 70 RHP 120 .89/.75 96 86 90 70 XHP 120 .75 / .81 96 88 90 208 .45 / .47 166 88 90 240 .37 / .40 192 88 90 277 .35 / .35 222 88 90 70 CWA 120 .85 / .85 90 95 90 277 .36 / .36 208 95 90 Tested to current IES and NEMA standards under stablized laboratory conditions. Various operating factors can rouse differences between laboratory data and actual field measurements. Dimensions and specifications in this catalog are based on the most current available data and are subject to change. 01A LITHONIA H/ TEK INDUSTRIAL/OUTDOOR LIGHTING A DIVISION OF LITHONIA LIGHTING P.O. BOX 72. CRAWFORDSVILLE, INDIANA 47933 • TELEPHONE 317 362-1837 • FAX 317 3629063 ± 5% = within trapezoid ± 5% = within trapeziod ±5% ±10% ± 5% ± 10% ± 5% ± 10% ±5% ±10% ± 10% = within trapezoid ± 10% = within trapeziod TFS S3 © 1989 LITHONIA LIGHTING, Rev., 5/90 Division National Service Industries RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. 300 Simon Street SE, Suite 5 East Wenatchee, WA 98802 S_R-S._.- - ► L A N N[ itS (509) 886-2900 or (800) 720-8052 "s-°' E 4Y-i s T s--- Fax: (509) 886-2pz TO: Omega Contra rs, Inc. ffVia.- ' 98019-0430 .S. Mail WE ARE SENDING YOU THE FOLLOWING: Letter of Transmittal DATE: 6;'6/02 1 JOB NO.: REN 101.032.03 ATTENTION: Mr. Gordy Wagster RE: City of Renton - North Talbot BPS Submittals RECEIVE[ X Attached Under Separate Cover Via: UTILITY SYSTEMS Shop Drawings Prints Plans Samples Specifications Copy of Letter Change Order Submittals COPIES DATE NO. DESCRIPTION 3 6/12/02 Submittal Nos. 1 & 2 (reviewed) 3 6/12/02 Submittal No. 7 (reviewed) 3 6/12/02 Submittal No. 8 (reviewed) 3 6/12/02 Submittal No. 9 (reviewed) THESE ARE TRANSMITTED AS CHECKED BELOW: For approval Approved as submitted Resubmit copies for approval X For your use Approved as noted Submit copies for distribution As requested Returned for corrections Return _ corrected prints For your information Signature For review and comment For bids due: Prints returned after loan to us REMARKS COPY TO: I Mr. J.D. Wilson. P.E., City of Renton V I SIGNED: I Mark Miller, P.E. I EXT: 15372 1 06/14/02 11:43 AM 1:\data\REN\101-032\Submittals\Trans-GWagster-submittals 1,2.7,8,9.doc REN N EE R S N N E R S N T I S T S 300 Simon Street SE; Suite 5 East Wenatchee, WA 98802 509-886-2900 800-720-8052 Fax 509-886-2313 Project Submittal Review RECEIVED JUN 17 2002 (; TON UTILITY SYSTEM North Talbot Pump Station Rehabilitation & Other Water Facility Modifications Contractor. Omega Contractors, Inc. Subcontractor. Submittal No: 1 & 2 Submittal Date: 6/12/02 Project No: REN 101-032 Reviewed®y. DJB Gconeer �yj ryv� Reviewed ❑ Rejected ❑ Revise and Resubmit ❑ Furnish as Corrected Items )Reviewed and Comments: Item Approval Comment Action Rigid Conduit Reviewed Conduit Bodies Reviewed Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings dunng this review do nog relieve contracts, from compliance with the requirements of the drawings and specrfications. This check is only for review of genera. conformance with the design concept of the prolec; and general compliance wit` the information given in the contrac: oocumentc The contractor is responsibie for confirming and correlating all quantities ano dimensions. selecting fabrication processes and techniques of constructior. coordinatino his work with that of all other trades. and performino his work in a safe and satisfactory manne, J:tdatalREN11D ',-032%Submdtalszubmittal ; & 2.doc r �+� x s �I x { � ��. r i art• r i, p "' • l NAMY, LOM FEL W PROVII)ES FULL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PWTEGHON Allied RIGID is precision manufactured far dependable, long-lasting value and pro- tection for the elecical rdCeway System. Manufactured from high -strength steei, Allied RIGID cornbines dwnage-resistant strength with duc0y to assure easy bending, Ming and joining. It also provides smooth, Continuous rdl wv ys for fast Wrt:- pulling. No need to wony about daTnage to the conduit system Even when pulling through muttipie 90" bends. Allied RIGID is hot -dipped galvanized inside and out. It is tap-caafod with a compatible organic layer to inhibit viNte rust and increase corrosion resistance_ Allied RIGID is impact .and mush resistant for maximum condumf Protection, `The 314' taper NPT threads (ANSI 131.20-1) are full cut and hot galvanized after cutting. C o(or-coded end -rap thread protectors keep the threads Clean and sharp and also provide instant trade size recognition_ Even -itch sizes are color coded blue, 1/2-inch sizes are black, and 1/4-inch sizes are red. Allied RIGiD is proven to reduce electronnagnetic fields emanating from within the conduit and to shield signals from electromagnnbc interference_ For further information, ask for "Modeling and Evaluation of Conduit Systerns for Harrrlorllcs and Electromagnetic Flelde A free s�re pror am called GEMI (Ground and Into) Analysis) is also available, IrULL CODES AND STANDAIRDS COMPLIANCE Allied RIGID is U.L. listed and is recognized by the Narlional Osctrical Code. It mils Underwriters Laboratories Satety Standard U.L.6. and is manufactured to ANSI t.,80.1, both of which have been adopted as Federal Specifications in lieu of WWC 581. Allied RIGID is recognized as an equip- ment grounding corsductor by NEC Artide 250_ Document3hon for compliance with Arfic(e 2.50-2 of the 1999 NEC (previously 250-51 ) is available from Allied. Irrstaliation of Rigid Metal Conduit shall be in acmrdance: with the Ne ional Electrical Code and U.L_ General Information card #DYIX, Master bundles conlbrm to NEMA standard P %12_ SF"ECIFICATION DATA RIGID Metal Conduit shall be hot -dip gal- vanized steel equal to That malnuf rWred by Allied Tube & Conduit Corporation. Threads shall be hot gah ani<ntf after Weights and Dimensions for Galvanized 13igid Conduit cutting. RIGID shall be produced in accordance with U.L. Safety Standard 46 and ANSI C80.1 and stall be listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory with fotlauv up service. Where Kwik-Couple RIGID is used it shall air0 meet U.L Safefjr Standard #514,13, It is noted that these U-L standards have been adopted by the federal governrneni and separate Military -specifications no longer east. KWiK-{,OUP[-E RIGID -A NEW INNOVATION FROMTHE CONDUIT LEADM Allied`s patented'° Kwik Couple RIGID has a f2rGtOry-ie5tfif(c?d Kwik Qouple coupling threaded onto one end of each conduf Iwo or etow. The Kviik-Couple performs like a 30ece coupling, threading seourely onto both Lengths of condutft at each connecbon by wrench -tightening the coupling instead of turning the conduit Specifying U.L. listed Kwik-Couple RIGID ensure$ RIGID conduit reliability and perfomiance, as welt as economy. Contact Allied for detailad specifications on Kwk-Couple RIGIO.Available in 2-1,12" -4' sizes. "U.S. PatCnt Numaem 42 .4547004. Tirade Size Designator Approx. WL* Per 1001=t. (30zm) Nominal Outside Diameter' Nominal wall Thickness' Quantity In Primary Rundle Master Bundles Quarrtiiy Approx-Wt. Volume U.$_ Mstrr_. )b, krA in. rnm in_ Mm ft. m ft. m lb. k Cu ft_ Cu m 1/2 16 82 37.2 0.840 21.3 0.104 2_60 100 30.5 2500 762.5 2050 929_7 20.8 0-59 3/4 21 109 45 A 1,050 26.7 0.107 2,70 1 50 15.2 12000 610.0 2180 988.7 24-3 0.69 1 27 161 73,0 1,315 33.4 0.126 3.20 50 15,2 1250 $81,3 2013 9-12.91 21J 0.61 1-1/4 35 218 98.9 1119.3 1.660 42.21 0.133 3.40 - - 9Q0 274.5 1962 1 889.8 1 23.3 0.66 1-1/2 41 263 1.900 48.3 0.138 3.50 - - 800 244.0 2104 954.2 27.8 0.79 2 53 350 158.7 2.375 60.3 0.146 3.70 - - 600 183.0 2100 952.4 33.8 0.96 2-1/2 63 559 253.5 2.87 i 73.0 0.198 4.90 - - 370 112.9 2068 937.9 292 0.t33 3 1$ 727 329.7 3.500 88.9 0.205 5.20 - - 300 91.5 2181 989,1 31.3 0.89 3-fit 91 1380 399.1 4.000 101.6 0-215 5.50 _ - 250 76.3 2200 997.7 ;�t_7 0.98 4 103 1030 467.1 4.5r,0 114,3 0-22-5 5.70 - 200 61.0 2060 934.2 33.7 0.95 5 I29 1400 fi34.9 5.563 141.3 0.245 6,20 - - 150 45.8 2100 952.4 41.3 1.17 B 155 ' Fnr - 1,f.. ..a:, 1840 834,5 6,625 168-31 0266 ^,So - - 100 30.5 1840 834.5 38.9 1.10 _.. NOTE_ Length = 10 n P.051111 with a tolCrarce if -w- min (6-3-smm). � ' NEMA Standard 'Nowd ICU (s ,lied �. ;YJ ,o TlJB>; R CONiiUIT ELECTRICAL tF coo souln I�IruCp Ave Nnrvny, kllinoc VWG !� (IM) ng-1610 m Aimed Tub C•ortduit Print3d ?n USA 10198 ATC-L-1128-5 A tVca urn t"4N uo, RXA*q r rwfle Conduit FMT""5 on 'serve as pulling lifting;. m Make bends in conduif sy it rri. * Provide openings for spliung. * Connect and change direction or sx?nduA runs. a Allow ronnxtions for branch was a Permit access to conductors for rrviin tenance. Features, Unilett canduic outlet bodies e Roorny interiors-. more wiring space- s 5rnnoth, rounded integral bt.tshings in hubs protect conductor insulation. Aocuratety tapped, tapered threads for tight, rigid joints and excellent ground corifirrui'ty. Featurws_ FM7 _SeAes OF-W Grayloy-,moron Unitets: most eco- nomical conduit bodies for use wftere the special advantages of malleable iron or aluminum are not roquired- @FM7 Aluminum Unilets, same crimen- sions and design teatures as FM7 Grayioy"'�Ymn, plus light weight, high corrosion resis-tance- a Unique Wedge-Lok"' clip covers allow easy removal. No ripping of cor- rnded body screw holes is necessary to ep'lac e cover. Completely interchangeable wit Grouse -Hinds Form 7* bodies, gaskets and covers. Equivalent F107 and Form 7 units have identiceJ applications and installation dimensions. $ Flat back design provides greater cubic content for easier wire pulling and more morn for Splicing. e FM7 Grayloy-iron vtrith TG" Series cast cm/ers and gaskets are approved for use in vaet locations. 49 Smooth hub bushings and cover openings proleut conductor insulation. Smootrt hub openincls allow a-tsy con. duit joining. tlet odl H t�' and jar&u 85L For Use vdith Rir.tiri Rgi(I Aluminum, IMG, land LMI Gondujt. a FMB Grayioy-iron with TG" Series cast covers and gastcots are approved for us- in t'!� iocab ms. e Stainless steel screeds on stamped and cast covers. c Smooth hub bushings and cou+?r opertings protect conductor insulation. Smooth hub openings, allow easy con- duit joining. vYc 4 Flat back design provides greater cubic content for easier wire putting and more roorn for splicing. Effective August, I 1701 U1tt.st Wellington AvEnt;a Copy;right 1995 Printed in U S.A.` . (WAppletod Chicano, (Ilinois 60657 a Pan -head cover screws secure- cover clips and provide superior screwdriver 5eatittg acid torque. Cover sc:reves and clip; are captive to prevent loss. a Hub size, body style, and compliance data molded into body in large, easy - to -read form. Also maximum wire nurn- bedsize and crrbic Capacity. Features: Y:Ma Series gCorripletely interchangeable; with Crouse -Hinds Fvrm 8` bodies. gaskets and covers. rquivalent FM8 and Form 8 units have identical tapplicaiioas and instaflatfon dimensions. Peratures: Form 35. $Form 35 malleable iron Unilets: high tensile strength and ductility. High cor rosion-resistance, high impact and shock resistance'_ s Exclusive built-in easy -puffing rollers in type G (1-1l4' thru 4") and type LB (1-1f4" thru 4")- eliminate damage when cable is pulled through hubs. o Sizes with flat -knack design ideal where fitting is mounted flat against surface. o Complete line of conduit bodies, cov- ers and receptac€es- a$lank covers domed for extra wiriM space. Features: Form 85 (form 85 aluminum Unilets: capper - free aluminum (max. 4/10ths of 1% copper content). Light weight, high corrosion resistance. Self -oxidizing, self -renewing. ®Lightweight aluminum facilitates ship- ping, handling and installing. Sizes with fiat -back design ideal where fitting is mounted flat against srface. EEffectve August, 1995 Gupyright 1995 Printed in U.S.A. pin Conduit Outlet Bodies: FM7-'m, F TM, Farm 350 and Form 85. For Use with RVd Steel, Rigid Aluminum, IMC, and EMT Conduit 0 Complete line of cordult bodies, cov- ers and receptacles. a Blank covers darned four extra wiring space, Standard Materials ® Form 3.5 t;1PJW rotidi it outlet boddie- malleable iron. s Form a5 Unilef conduit o0vt bodies aluminum- Copper -free (max. 41€0xxx of I%)- 1Z thru 2`- pressure cast 2- VT thru 4'- sand cast 4 FM7 UnJW conduit bodies: Craylay- iron or capper -free aluminum- 9 FR48 Unflet conduit bodies: Grayloy- iron. a Covers for Form 35 and SS: blank- maH,?v&le iron, steel and aluminum. Du- plex grounding mceptac[a- phenolio. Lamp receptacle porcelain. Witi ng de- vice and switch covers- aluminum. e Covers for F1b17. blank- stamped steel, stamped aluminum, cast Grayloy- iron, and cast aluminum; cover scrervs: stainless steel_ a Covers for FM8: blank- = Grayloy- iron, stamped steet cover sci-ews: stain- less steel. + Gaskets for Fbrm 35 and Form 85. neoprene or composition fiber. ® Gaskets far FM7 and FIR neoprene. Standard Finishes ® Form 35 +malleable iron bodies; Iriple- coat (t) zinc electroplate, (2) dichro- mate, and (3) epoxy powder coat. • Form 35 Covers: steel: zinc e[ec9.4- plate. Malleable iron, V2" thru 1-112': zinc electroplate and clear chromate_ Malleable iron, 2" thru 4": triple-ecal- (1) zinc electroplate, (2) dichromate, and (3) epoxy powder coat e Form 85 stamped aluminum covers. natural finish. O*Appleton' �crn�c rowvuuv 1.4 a Form 85 cast aluminum covers: epoxy powder coat a FM7 and FMB Grayloy-iron bodies: triplecoat (1) zinc electroplate, (2) dichromate, and (3) epoxy powder coat_ a FM7 aluminum bodies_ epoxy powder Coat, a lW and FM$ steaf =vrs: zinc olec- troplate. e FN17 stamped aluminum covers: nat- UrA finish. e FM7 and FM8 Gr°ayfoy-iron covers: triplecoat-- (1) zinc electroplate, (2) dichrorate, and (3) epoxy powder coat. e FM7 cast aluminum Covers. epoxy powder coat Options A PVC Coating available upon request- consult factory. Compliances * UL Standard 514. o Federal Spec. W-G 580- ® Suitable for classified location use in Class 1, Division 2 areas, it installed in ;-.ornpliance with NEC 501-4{b)_ Appleton mafleatale -iron products con- form to ASTM A47-77, Grade 32510, which has the following properties: ten- sile strength, 50,000 psi; yield, 32,000 psi; and elongation, 10%. a Appleton aluminum products are pro- duoed from a high strength copper free (4110 of 1 % max,) alloy. e Appleton Grayloy-iron products are a gray iron alloy with tensile strength sim- ilar to ASTM A48 Class 30A (30,000 psi tensile), and with a Brinell hardness of approximately 1808H. PYoduct Cross Fleferencs A For explosion -proof conduit outlet bodies and boxes, see Cat. Section J. a For Mogul UnileW, see pages 13 thru 19- 1701 Ww:,t Wellington Avenue Chi! Aga, Illinois e0657 PAGE 3 A-7 Threaded Type Hub Size 1/2 344 1 1-1/4 1-112 2 2-1/2 3 3_ 1/2 4 I 5 6 1/2 1/ 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2- V2 3 3-1/2 4 C C50-M C75-M C 100-M C125-M C 150-M C200-M C250-M C300-M C350-M C400-M LRL* L R L50-M LRL75-M LRL100-M LRL125-M LRL150-M LRL200-M iilets have double openin Compression Type LB �1/2 LB50N-M 44 31 LB75N-M �1 LB10ON-M Refer to Pricing Index for price, weight, and standard package Copyright 1990 Printed in U.S.A. Form 35p Malleable Iron Unilet Conduit Outlet Bodies. Threaded Type for use with Rigid Metal Conduit and IMC; Compression Type for use with Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT). NOTE. Refer to page 26 for Wiring Capacity Tables. �i as f L4Ir eJ1 Body Style and Catalog Numbers (Patented rloller Feature Listings in Bold Type E LB LL E50-M LB50-M LL50-M E 75-M LB75-M L L75-M E100-M LB100-M LL100-M LB125-M LL125-M LB150-M LL150-M LB200-M LL200-M — LB250-M LL250-M — LB300-M LL300-M — LB350-M LL350-M — LB400-M LL400-M — LB500-M - - LB600-M — T TA TB E_ T50-M TA50-M TB50-M T75-M TA75-M TB75-M T100-M TA100-M TS100-M T 125-M — TB 125-M T150-M — TB150-M T200-M — TB200-M T250-M — — T300-M — — T350-M — — T400-M — are furnished with one steel cover, assembled. LR LR50-M LR75-M LR100-M LR125-M LR150-M LR200-M LR250-M LR300-M LR350-M LR400-M X X50-M X75-M X100-M X125-M X 150-M X200-M -f� LRL Back Style for Form 35 Unilet conduit body sizes (inches) Unilet Body Flat Back Round Back �a C, LB E 1/2 thru2 1112 thrul 2-1/2 and up A { A- •+ i='1 � V LL, LR, T 1/2 thru2 2-1/2 and up TB 1-1/4, 1-112 1/2, 3/4, 1, 2 X 112 thru 1 1.1/4 and up LRL50N-M LRL75N-M LRL10ON-M T50N-M T75N-M T10ON-M All TA Unilets are round back design. All Compression Type are flat- back design. *Appleton 0 1701 W. Wellington Ave. Chicago, Illinois 60657 ECTRIC COMPANY Effective Oct. 1990, PAGE 7 i 1 Metal Covers Size 1 K1C 1-1/4 1-1/2 K12 2 K12 K20 K25 3-1/2 K25 3-1/2 K35i 4 K35i 5 K50( 6 K60( Composition Covers Blank Form 35 Hole Cat. Size Size No. 1/2 (Drill K850 3/4 as KB75 1 required) KB100 Wiring Device Covers Refer to Pricing Index for price, weight, and standard package PAGE 8, Effective Oct. 1990 Covers and Gaskets for Form 350 .- Urallet® Conduit Outlet Bodies. Covers Furnished with Stainless Steel Fastening Screws. ' NOTE: Refer to page 26 for Wiring Capacity Tables. 1=Wire Gaskets —Solid 5 GK500-SN 6 GK600-SN a• Composition Fiber w 2-Wire 3-Wire e SizSize 35 Hol7K2W1 rm 35 Hole Cat. Size No. 3/8112 3/83/4 5/16 K3W50 19/31 3/8 K3W75 19/32 K3W100 re Cover for Inter- Switch Cover for changeable (Despard)nDe- )eable (Despard) Wir- vices, Cast Aluminum with ` levices, Cast Alumi- Gasket and Steel Mounting Ivith Mounting Strap Strap Cat. No. Size Cat.No. KWD50-A 3/4 ICve7LA-. mie-ton 1701 W. Wellington Ave. ELECTRIC COMPANY Chicago, Illinois 60657 Copyright 1990 Printed in U.S.A. Attn: J. D. Wilson, City of Renton JUN 17 2002 Submittal / Transmittal CITY OFRENTON UTILITY SYSTEMS North Talbot Pump Station Rehabilitation & Other 11fater Facilitp Modifications Omega Contractors, Inc. / PO Box 430 / Duvall, WA 98019 / (425) 881-1697 / (425) 8834718 Fax Item covered by this transmittal m uior - c?,zr c,-i J Submittal No. _�b Item covered by this transmittal Submittal No. / I Item covered by this transmittal Item covered by this transmittal 9 First Submittal X As Specified Comments: Date Received by Engineer: Engineer's comments: Submittal No. Submittal No. ❑ Resubmittal Datez— Substitution Date returned to Contractor: Reviewed Revise and Resubmit Rejected Furnish as Corrected Con=lions or coninimts made on lire shop drawings during, this review do not relieve contractor from amnpliancewith requirements of the drawings and specifications, This check is only for review of general confom ianw with the design crmeept of the project and general compliance: with the infornratiorr gives in the urntiact dowmenls. The contractor is responsible fin: w4nnring and a mrelating all quantities and dimensions; selecting fahr'iwlion prou-,ssus and twhniyues of cemstruction; coordinating his work with that of all other trades; and Ixufonning his work in a safeand satisfactory manner. Cily of Renton Date By -- — Submittal Data Project: North Talbot Renovation City of Renton Contractor: Omega Contractors Submittal Item: Ll Qty =2 Pottorff Model SOL445 adjustable blade weather louver w/ 120 volt actuator, channel frame, mill finish, 24" x 24" VI Qty = 1 Vent-Axia Model TX12WL — no switches V2 Qty = 1 Vent -Axis Model TX9WL — no switches submitted by, Coast Products, Inc. June 2002 Uri Pot - TORFF ®R Im 4. (102)-, Vertical Section �g�= Cs( -a v,� SAIL = �1ec. o�r. Model SOL-445 Steel louver formed adjustable blade LOUVER MODEL MATERIAL. FRAME BLADE LOUVER DEPTH iexcludingscreen) BLADE CENTERS SINGLE SECTION SIZE LIMITS Maximum MULLIONS SCREENS F;NISH Minimum SOL-445 'Paint-iock" gaivanizeo steei 20 gauge 20 gauge 4" 514, 45' 48"w x 96"h 12" x 12" Visible 'h x .063" Aluminum Bird Screen Mill 'Width and Height dimensions lumisned aocroximate/y V2- under size OPTIONS O Flange frame (1'/2" standard) Selection of screens: D All -welded construction /2" stainless steel bird screen -71 7 Louver Material Mesh aluminum insect screen 1 D 14 gauge Mesh stainless steel insect screen 7 O 16 gauge Selection of finishes: 302 Stainless Steel Kynar :! Baked enamel :7 XPremounted actuator Prime coating _1 Electrical — `ZON/. 1 Pneaumatic Gf),-nt ?v_- -I— tom - Suggested Specifications: Furnish and install louvers as herein specified where indicated on the plans or as desired in schedules. Louvers shall be stationary operable steel blades in a 4" frame. Each factory assembled louver section shall be designed to withstand a minimum design loading of 30 pounds per square foot. Louver sizes too large for shipping in a single section shall be built up by the contractor from factory assembled louver sections to provide the overall required size. Louver frames, mullions and section joints shall be adequately supported from the building structure so as to withstand a design load of 30 pounds per square foot. Model SOL-445 Louvers shall be Pottorff model SOL-445 with 20 gauge wall thickness, blades shall be positioned at 45° angles on approximately 5'!8" centers, and equipped with a removable aluminum bird screen. Specifier select one of the following finish specifications: • Louvers shall be supplied with a mill finish. • Louvers snail be supplied with a (specifier select one: baked enamel or Kynar) finish. Color shall be ;specify color from standard color selection cnart). information is correct at time of printing. However, we reserve the riqht to make chances without notice POTTORFF A 01VISIONOFPCIINDUSTRIES, INC. • 2824 North Sylvania Ave., Fort Worth, Texas 76111 • 817/831-7038 fax 817/831-3110 t �� t, a,. `, �i,: �Y ` t 1,4x� �r 7R. ��.. :1; �r. ,,� t' �i� b) .f Y� {.... i"�'• �a ' r fi�: Vent -Amax, Ventilation Premium Quality Wall Mounted Fans Vent-Axia s T-Series. "WL " Model fans are complete with a two part telescoping metal wall liner, weather resistant exterior grille and an interior fan section containing the impeller, motor, electronic shutter and grille. Coast Products, Inc. • www.coastproducts.com • 1-800-735-7026 ii Size 6 Size 'r Size 9 Sae 12 WALL MODEL A range of high performance exhaust/intake ventilating units incorporating the latest advances in impeller design. T Series Range also features a unique speed control pack which enables high, medium or low speed to be preset to suit room size orrequired performance. Designed to fit through most wall thicknesses using telescopic liners supplied with the unit. Conduit entry is provided for concealed wiring. SHLq— ER TX models are supplied complete with an integral automatic louver shutter concealed behind the internal grille. Operates on either intake and exhaust. The shutter is electronically controlled by an actuator with a damped action giving quiet operation during opening and closing. The interlocking edges of the shutter blades provide maximum backdraft protection. Vent-Axia T-Series Window Model and metal Wall Mounting Kits are UL listed & CSA certified. (EP, (K) FEATURES ° Manufactured in weather -resistant polymeric materials. Inez ated component design for maximum aerodynamic efficiency. ' Continuous duty motor. Suitable for running at any angle. Quiet running, enclosed Will not interfere with TV or radio reception. Suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from -40°F to 122°F. Fitted with Thermal Overload Protection. DIMENSIONS '/8" (22mm) Dia, hole for conduit entry. V (20mm) 2" (50mm) _ A �- Low density-5 blade iL-*iYe1er and short sleeve section ensure optimum pressure characteristics with minimum sound level. -T 0 0 0 ' Patented electronic shutter system ensures a quiet, trouble free operation. B © D • Integrated component design allows all ° Parts to be dismantled for cleaning without the use of special tools. C ' Designed to comply with International Hole in wall C x D�l safety standards. Size 6 7 9 12 Dun. in. in. in. in. • Supply voltage 120V/1/60 Hz. A 12v, 137/8 153/e 18i/-, B I2 135/8 183/8 • Two year limited warranty C 101/� 113/1 13 /1 1631, by Vent-Axia, Ltd D 101/8 11=/� 131/,- 161/2 E. Max. 81/' 87/8 9% 107/8 E. Min. 411: 45/8 5 5s18 Weight 151b. 171b. 211b. 29Ib. T-Series Wail Rough -in Hole Size 10 !1 x 101/8 - Size 6 11 l x 11 - Size 7 13il, x 131!: - Size 9 163/8 x 161/2 - Size 12 Umt Type Stock Exhaust performance Watts Sones size Ref. No. (low) LOW MEDIUM HIGH cfm cfm cfm 6 TX6WL 16 15 11 158 205 233 55 2 7 TX7WL 1625 11 196 257 313 60 i 9 TX9WL 16 35 11 302 443 513 95 2 12 TX12WL 1645 11 697 900 1027 130 3 Coast Products, Inc. www.coastproducts.com • 1-800-735-7026 RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. 300 Simon Street SE, Suite 5 East Wenatchee, WA 98802 _E_ N_G,1 N E E R 5 P L A N N E R S (509) 886-2900 or (800) 720-8052 S C I E N Try T S - Fax: (509) 886-2313 TO: Omega Contractors, Inc. P.O. Box 430 Duvall, WA 98019-0430 Sent Via: U.S. Mail WE ARE SENDING YOU THE FOLLOWING: Letter of Transmittal DATE: 12/11/02 1JOB N : REN 101.032.05 ATTENTION: Mr. G y Wagster RE: City of Renton North Talbot Pump Station. Rehabilitation Submittals r71� Cil X Attached Under Separate Cover Via: Shop Drawings Prints Plans Samples Specifications Copy of Letter Change Order Submittals COPIES DATE NO. DESCRIPTION 4 12/9/02 Submittal No. 15 — Building Heater (reviewed) 4 12/9/02 Submittal No. 16 — Wall Heater (reviewed) THESE ARE TRANSMITTED AS CHECKED BELOW: For approval Approved as submitted Resubmit copies for approval X For your use Approved as noted Submit_ copies for distribution As requested Returned for corrections Return _ corrected prints For your information Signature For review and comment For bids due: Prints returned after loan to us REMARKS COPY TO: I Mr. J.D. Wilson, P.E., City of Renton t/ I SIGNED: I Mark Miller, P.E. I ExT: 15372 I 12/1 L02 2:39 N10 1:\data\REN\101-032\Submittals\Trans-GWagstcr-submittals 15 & 16.doc 300 Simon Street SE; Suite 5 East Wenatchee, WA 98802 509-886-2900 800-720-8052 Fax 500-886-2313 Project Submittal Review DEC ' 3 22�2 CITY OF RENTON UTILITY SYSTEMS PmiectNama North Talbot Pump Station Rehabilitation & Other Water Facility Modifications Contractor. Omega Contractors, Inc. Subcontractor. Omega Contractors Submittal No: 16 Submittal Date: 12/9/02 Reject No: R E N 101-032 Review ed By- DJ B 6x,Keer ® Reviewed ❑ Rejected ❑ Revise and Resubmit ❑ Fumish as Corrected Item(s) Reviewed and Comments: Item Approval Comment Action I_ Wall Heater Reviewed Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with the requirements of the drawings and specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. The contractor is responsible for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordinating his work with that of all other trades, and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner. J:ldata�REM101-032\Submittals�submittal #16.doc 14-3/8' E— (365mm) —� 1 1-5/16' (33mm) Ij�-2' (50.8mm) �t-- - --- Knockout 15114' L 15-21/64' 1-21/32' �__ I� (389mm) —�� (42mm)� F— t 19-311fi' 18-114' (487mm) 464mm C UL US File E21609 Installation & Maintenance Instructions Dear Owner, Congratulations! Thank you for purchasing this new heater manufactured by a division of Marley . Engineered Products. You have made a wise investment selecting the highest quality product in the heat- ing industry. Please carefully read the installation and maintenance directions shown in this manual. You should enjoy years of efficient heating comfort with this product from Marley Engineered Products... the industry' leader in design, manufacturing, quality and service. ... The Employees of Marley Engineered Products .,; Read Carefully - These instructions are written to help you prevent difficulties that might arise during installation of heaters. Studying the instructions first may save you considerable time and money later. Observe the following procedures, and cut your installation time to a minimum. TO REDUCE RISK OF FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK: 1. Disconnect all power coming to heater at main service panel before wiring or servicing. 2. All wiring must be in accordance with the National and Local Electrical Codes and the heater must be grounded. 3. Verify the power supply voltage coming to heater matches the ratings printed on the heater nameplate before energizing. 4. This heater is hot when in use. To avoid bums, do not let bare skin touch hot surfaces. 5. Do not insert or allow foreign objects to enter any ventilation_ or exhaust opening as this may cause an electric_ shock, fire,or damage to the heater. 6. Do not block air intakes or exhaust in any manner. Keep com- bustible materials, such as crates, drapes, etc., away from heater. Do not install behind doors, furniture, towels, or boxes. 7. A heater has hot and arcing or sparking parts inside. Do not use it in areas where gasoline, paint, or flammable liquids are stored. 6. Use this heater only as described in this manual. Any other use not recommended by the manufacturer may cause fire, electric shock, or injury to persons. 9. This heater is not approved for use in corrosive atmospheres such as marine, green house, or chemical storage areas. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS FOR SAFE OPERATION AND REDUCED RISK OF FIRE, INJURY OR HEATER DAMAGE, OBSERVE THE FOLLOWING: 1. Do NOT use a remote thermostat with this heater. Built in ther- mostat cycles the heating element off. Fan delay control automatically turns fan ON and OFF, and provides a fan delay OFF feature to remove residual heat after thermostat has turned heating elements off. Wiring of heater in any manner which defeats the fan delay OFF feature can result in over- heating and permanent damage to heater, and will void the warranty. 2. For wall mounting only with air discharge downward. Do NOT install in floor, ceiling, upside down (air discharge upward), or sideways. 3. Do NOT operate heater without grille installed. 4. Maintain the following clearances: -Bottom of heater to floor — 8" (203mm) -Sides of heater to adjacent wall — 8" (203mm) -Top of heater to ceiling — 36" (915mm) 5. This heater is hot when in use. Do NOT install heater behind door, behind towel rack, inside closet, where drapery could touch heater or be damaged by heat, or where airflow to heater may be obstructed. Keep electrical cords, bedding, fur- niture, and other items away from heater. 6. Heater must be cleaned periodically (at least annually) to assure proper performance and prevent overheating. See section on cleaning and maintenance. GROUND CABLE SCREW CLAMP POWER SUPPLY CABLE I LEAD WIRES (BLUE) i t DISCONNECT SWITCH BRACKEr WITH SWITCH AND LEADS Back Box 8' MIN ( i � NAIL OR (203mm)j ^t EACH SCREW Fig. 1: Locating Back Box in New Construction Box in New, Construction 1.Mounting Back Box (See`Figure 1). a. Place the back box between two 16" (406 mm) center -to -cen- ter wall studs at the desired mounting height but no closer than 8" (203 mm) to adjacent wall or floor. b. Align back box such that the bottom and sides will be flush wit finished wall surface (top flange of back box should protrude approximately 1/2" (12.7 mm) from finished wall surface). c. Secure the back box in position with wood screws or nails as shown in Figure 1. 2.Power Supply Wiring (See Figure 1) Note: Wire compartment volume - 119in3 (1950cm3). a. Run a power supply cable into the knockout area in the uppe right hand comer of the back box. All wiring must be in actor dance with National and Local Electrical Codes. Refer to Tabl 1 for correct wire size. b. Remove disconnect switch bracket by loosening two screws on the right side. c. Install a cable clamp in the "knockout" in the top of the back bo d. Insert power supply cable through cable clamp, allowing at least 6" (152mm) of leads to extend inside the back box. Connect the blue lead wires of disconnect switch to the suppl wire leads using wire connectors (see wiring diagram, pg. 4). inside top of the back box. f Secure dicrnnnart switch bracket in place by tightening screws— Installation of Recessed Back Box in Existing Construction 1.Provide a wall opening 14-1/2" (362mm) wide by 18-1/2" (470mm) high at the desired mounting height, but no closer than 8" (203mm) from floor. (See Figure 2.) I T 19-itr (47&.0 'I MB'1 14112 B- (203mm) MIN psi.—) GROUND CABLE SUPPLY CABLE EAD WIRES (BLUE) DISCONNECT SNITCH ICLAMIR BRACKET WITH SWATCH AND LEADS Back BoFig. 2: Locating BackSCREW in Existing ConstructionEACH SIDE) aBox 2.Power Supply Wiring Note: Wiring Compartment Volume - 119in3 (1950cm3). a. Run a power supply cable into the area above the top of the wall opening. All wiring must be in accordance with National and Local electrical codes. Refer to Table 1 for correct wire size. b. Remove disconnect switch bracket by loosening the two screws on the right side. c. Install a cable clamp in the "knockout" in the top of back box. d. Insert power supply cable through cable clamp, allowing approximately 6" (152mm) of cable length to remain inside the back box to facilitate connections. 3.Mounting Back Box a. Place the back box into wall opening flush with finished wall surface on bottom and sides of box. (Top flange of back box should protrude approximately 1/2" or 12.7mm from finished wall surface). b. Secure the back box in place with wood screws or nails. 4.Wiring Disconnect Switch a. Connect the power supply wires to the blue wipes of the discon- nect switch using wire connectors (see wiring diagram, pg. 4.) b. Ground the back box using the, green ground screw located in the inside top 'of the back box.. C. Secure disconnect switch bracket in place by tightening screws. hCatalog x' Table 1 Wire Number Volts Phase Watts Amps Gauqe AWH4404' 240/208 1 4000/3000 16.7/14.5 10 2000/1500 8.3/7.2 12 AWH4407' 277/240 1 4000/3000 2000/1500 14.5/12.5 7.2/6.3 12 12 AWH4307' 277 1 3000/1500 10.8/5.4 12 AWH4408' 208 1 4090/2000 19.219.6 10 r AWH44083 208 3 4000 11.1 14 AWH44043 240 3 4000 9.7 14 e AWH4303 347 3 3000 8.6 14 AWH4306 600 3 3000 5 14 AWH4508 208 1 4800 23.1 10 AWH4504 208/240 1 3600/4800 17.3/20.0 10 AWH4507 240/277 1 3600/4800 15.0/17.3 10 AWH45083 208 3 4800 13.4 12 AWH45043 240 3 4800 11.6 14 AWH4503 347 1 4800 13.8 12 Y AWH4506 600 1 4800 8 14 `NOTE: Factory wired for higher wattage, field convertible to half wattage. e. Ground the back box using the green screw located in the ❑2 -----• ._...T W..,-T,z�ae+re.,:.....-a :�.re-ii^ ... 'd'.+r7�'-?y;'r3.`r'Y'R.�. Installation of Back Box with Surface -Mounting Frame (See Figure 3) 1. Secure back -box -to wall -with knockouts in -upper -right hand corner using screws and anchors. 2. Hang the surface -mounting frame on the back box. Ensure that the back edge of the surface -mounting frame is flush against the wall. NOTE: If heater is located in a high traffic area, where it may be subjected to vandalism or abuse, take extreme care to see that the box is firmly attached to the wall. 3. Power Supply Wiring MOUNT BACK BOX TO WALL USING REAR MOUNTING HOLES. HANG FRA ON BACK B Fig. 3: Surface Mour Installation 3116" mm) ,9• 82mm) NOTE: Wiring Compartment Volume - 119in3 (1950cm3). a. Run a power supply cable into the area to the right of the mounting frame. Arrangement of wiring to this point must be in accordance with National and Local codes.Refer to specifica- tions on page 2 for proper wire size. NOTE: If the wiring is to run through the wall, cut a hole in the area of the top of the back box..Run the supply wire through this hole. Then remove the "knockout" from the top of the box and pro- ceed to step C. b. Remove the "knockout" on the top side of the frame. c. Remove disconnect switch bracket by loosening the two screws on the right side. d. Feed the power supply cable through the frame allowing 6' (152mm) of lead to remain inside the back box (using cable clamp, connector, or other suitable strain relief). e. Secure the power supply cable to the back box (using cable clamp, connector, or other suitable strain relief) allowing 6" (152mm) of lead to remain inside the back box. f.Connect supply wires to blue wires of disconnect switch using wiring connectors (see wiring diagram, pg. 4). g. Ground the back box by connecting the supply ground lead - wire to the green ground screw located in the inside top of the back box. h.Secure disconnect switch bracket in place. Installation of Heater Assembly and Grille After back box is completely installed and no further construction dirt is expected, clean debris from back box and remove heater assembly from its carton. Then refer to Figure 4 and proceed as follows: 1. Insert the heater assembly into back box, placing the four mounting holes (with key -hole slots) over the screws in the box. Tighten all screws securely. 2. If surface -mounting frame is used, ensure that the frame is even with all four heater assembly tabs before tightening screws. 3. Connect the two disconnected switch wires to the heat control switch (thermostat) leads using wirenuts. After connection, push wires back into the opening. 4. Turn thermostat to the extreme counterclockwise position. 5. Push disconnect switch into ON position. 6. Latch at bottom of heater assembly should be in up position. 7. Mount grille over tabs on fan deck and push down until grill is secure. 8. Insert screwdriver through bottom louver in grille and loose screw while holding bottom of grille against wall. This will allow latch to drop in place. Tighten screw. Fig uperation 1. Rotate the thermostat fully clockwise. This should energize the heating elements and cause warm air to flow from the hot air discharge at the openings in the bottom of the grille. 2. After the operation check, rotate the thermostat to the desired position to obtain room comfort. NOTE: For best results, the heater should be left "ON" con- stantly during the heating season because the thermostat, when properly set, will maintain the desired temperature. Cleaning & Maintenance To maintain optimum performance and efficiency, heater should be cleaned and checked periodically. It is recommended the heater be cleaned at least annually. (more often if used in a dirty environment) To Clean Heater: CAUTION A TO PREVENT POSSIBLE ELECTRIC SHOCK, ALWAYS DISCOW NECT ALL POWER TO HEATER AT MAIN DISCONNECT PANEL OR FUSE BOX BEFORE CLEANING OR MAINTENANCE TO HEATER. 1. Disconnect power to heater at main panel or breaker. 2. Remove thermostat knob (if provided) and remove front cover (grille) as follows: (See figure 4) —Insert screw driver through bottom louver and loosen one screw that holds latch mechanism. —Lift front cover upward and pull top outward to remove. 3. Push ON/OFF switch to OFF position. 4. Using vacuum'cleaner knoiiie,'brush; or dust cloth, `remove : ' dust and any foreign material from heater. Use care to not bend fan blade or damage heater wiring. (Spin blade by hand_ .� to make sure it turns freely.) .` 5. Push ON/OFF switch to ON position. 6. Replace front cover and secure latch mechanism. (See instal- lation of Heater Assembly and Grille.) 7. Reconnect power to heater and verify that heater operates properly. TO RESET MANUAL RESET LIMIT: Your heater is equipped with a manual reset safety thermal limit control that will automatically turn the heater off to prevent a fire if the heater overheats. This control is located on the fan panel e assembly between the element and fan blade and marked "reset". The red reset button can be seen through the front grille when the n heater is installed. To reset, allow the heater to cool, then push: _�c- the red button that is visible through the hole in the fan panel. The heater should immediately return to normal operation. a t ELEMENTS ELEMENTS FAN RESET Wiring Diagram for three phase wall heaters ONNECT FIELD WIRING WIRING DIAGRAM FOR 4800 WATT 208 VOLT SINGLE PHASE WALL HEATER _ Fan Motor Field Red N'iting D Cr T'stal Element Manual DISCONNECT Real UmQ GND 4800 4000 & 3000 WATT HEATERS 208V, 240V, OR 277V (Full wattage heaters can be converted to half wattage by moving the red jumper wire connecting the top and bottom element ter- minals.) Fan Motor Field Wiring F.D L: taut Element Manual Disconnect Reset Limit GND 2000 & 1500 WATT HEATERS 208V 240V. OR 277V TRANSFORMER 4800, 4000 & 3000 WATT HEATERS 347V OR 600V DISCONNECT All products manufactured by Marley Engineered Products are warranted against defects in workmanship and materials for one year from date of instal- lation, except heating elements which are warranted against defects in work- iR manship and materials for five years from date of installation. This warranty does not apply to damage from accident, misuse, or alteration; nor where the MODEL No. AWH45083D DATE CODE: 0695 connected voltage is more than 5% above the nameplate voltage; nor to FAN FORCED WALL HEATER equipment improperly installed or wired or maintained in violation of the prod- APPAREIL DE CHAUFFAGE MURAL A AIR PULSE uct's installation instructions. All claims for warranty work must be accompa- VOLTS AC 60HZ WATTS PHASE O nied by proof of the date of installation. 208 4800 3 u� OS The customer shall be responsible for all costs incurred in the removal or rein - MUST BE USED WITH AWH-BB BACK BOX 7746 LISTED stallation of products, including labor costs, and shipping costs incurred to ROOM HEATER DO NOT OPERATE WITHOUT FRONT COVER IN PLACE... return products to Marley Engineered Products Service Center. Within the DOIT I`-TRE UTILISE AVEC BOTTIER ARRIERE AWH-BB : limitations of this warranty, inoperative units should be returned to the near - NE PAS UTILISER SI LE COUVERCLE AVANT NEST PAS EN PLACE. est Marley authorized service center or the Marley Engineered Products MARLEY ENGINEERED PRODUCTS Center, and we will repair or replace, at our option, at no charge to you with BENNETTSVILLE, SC 29512 return freight paid by Marley. It is agreed that such repair or replacement is the exclusive remedy available from Marley Engineered Products. THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MER- CHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WHICH EXCEED THE AFORESAID EXPRESSED WARRANTIES ARE HEREBY DIS- CLAIMED AND EXCLUDED FROM THIS AGREEMENT. MARLEY ENGINEERED PRODUCTS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAM- AGES ARISING WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT, WHETHER BASED UPON NEGLIGENCE, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR CONTRACT. Some states do allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above exclusion or limitation may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. For the address of your nearest authorized service center, contact Marley Engineered Products in Bennettsville, SC, at 1-800-642-4328. Merchandise returned to the factory must be accompanied by a return authorization and service identification tag, both available from Marley Engineered Products. When requesting return authorization, include all catalog numbers shown on the products. HOW TO ORDER REPAIR PARTS When ordering repair parts, always give the / In order to obtain any needed repair or information listed as follows:Marley replacement parts, warranty service or techni- 1. The Part Number cal information, please contact Marley 2. The Model Number Engineered Products Engineered Products Service Center toll -free 3. The Part Description by calling 1-800-642-HEAT. 4. Date of Manufacture SPX Corporation 470 Beauty Spot Rd. East Part No. 5200-2260-002 05-02 ® ECR 35338 Bennettsville, SC 29512 USA •air:} WN E E R SN N E R S S C I E N T I S T S 300 Simon Street SE; Suite 5 East Wenatchee, WA 98802 509-886-2900 800-720-8052 Fax 509-886-2313 Project Submittal Review R E C E I D DEC 2 CITY OF RENTON UTILITY SYSTaC ProjectNarrec North Talbot Pump Station Rehabilitation & Other Water Facility Modifications Contractor. Omega Contractors, Inc. Subcontractor. Omega Contractors Submittal No: 15 Submittal Date: 12/9/02 Project Na REN 101-032 Review ed ®y. DJ B weer: m rn ® Reviewed ❑ Rejected ❑ Revise and Resubmit ❑ Furnish as Corrected Item(s) Reviewed and Comments: Item Approval Action Building Heater Reviewed Comment Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with the requirements of the drawings and specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. The contractor is responsible for confirming and correlating all quantifies and dimensions, selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordinating his work with that of all other trades, and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner. J:ldata\REM101-032\Submittalslsubmittal #15.doc 3M PROJECT. North Talbot Pump Station LOCATION: Renton ARCHITECT. City Of Renton ENGINEER: RH2 SUBMITTED BY. Air Tec Co. SUBMITTED TO: Omega Contractors DATE: 11127102 ITEM. Pump room electric heater QTY. One UNIT: King KB4815-3MP TO INCLUDE: 15 Kw 480-3-60 24 volt control Mounting bracket T-Stat rW king I CEILINGS UNDER 12 FT c3 Spiral Steel Fin Element • Optional Summer Fan o Cast Iron Motor Switch o Aluminum Fan Blade • Optional 3-Position Switch (Heat -Off -Fan) • Heavy Gauge Steel • Optional Two Stage Enclosure Thermostat • Adjustable Discharge • Optional Pilot Light (Power Louvers On Indication) • Totally Enclosed Motor • Optional Door Interlocking • Control Options Disconnect • Auto -Reset Thermal Cutout • Optional Wall Mounted • Optional 1-Pole or 2-Pole Thermostat Thermostat • Available in Stainless Steel • Tested Under UL1278 Refer to Index. Contractor shall supply and install KB Series unit heaters manufac- tured by King Electrical Mfg. Company. Heaters shall be of the wattage and voltage as indicated on the plans. Construction: All exterior and interior metal enclosure parts are made from 20GA electro galvanized steel with a rust inhibiting baked enamel finish. Smooth rounded corners and protective edge trim give an attractive modern appearance. Adjustable Outlet Louver: Louvers direct air up or down as needed for the heating application. Rear Intake Screen: Heavy gauge steel screen protects against foreign objects making accidental contact with the rotating fan blade. Spiral Fin Elements: The metal sheath element is brazed with spiral fins and then molded into a coil configuration. This combi- nation produces the best heat transfer while eliminating the po- tential for hot spots by positioning the element in the maximum airflow stream. Totally Enclosed Fan Motor: Permanently lubricated cast iron with 20 cc of oil. Epoxy coated motor with enclosed rotor resists mois- Tested Under 1.111.11278 www.king-eIectric.com KB SERIES Convenient, small and ponder ful are great words that describe our unit heaters which have been standard equipment in most high rise buildings, garages, water treatment and fire room vaults to V. prevent freezing. High mass steel �^ elements and high CFM keeps outlet temperatures low for long life. For KB's under 5KW, use the r KBP Series for higher outlet tem- peratures. i{ Other applications are residen- tial garages and warehouse heat- Freeze/Moisture Protection ing. Long life comes standard with in a Generator Vault the highest quality components custom designed for use in the KB Series Unit Heater. ture and corrosion for long lasting trouble free operation. Aluminum Fan Blade: Axial flow type fan mounted directly to the motor shaft for maximum efficiency. Auto -Reset Thermal Cutout: Power is disconnected from the ele- ment if an over heated condition occurs. The fan continues to run to dissipate excess heat from the element. The element is re - energized automatically when the normal operating tempera- ture returns. Internal Controls: Magnetic contactors are standard on all 480V heaters, all 208V-10, 240V-10, 277V-10 heaters above 6-KW, and all 30 heaters. The control voltage is equal to the line volt- age (208, 240 or 277) except for 480V models where a trans- former is provided for 24V Control. Internal circuit fusing is pro- vided when the heater ampacity exceeds 48 amps to comply with NEC standards. A fan delay is provided standard on models 12.5- KW and above to dissipate residual heat from the heating ele- ments. Easy Installation: A quick access panel located on the bottom of the heater allows for quick wiring and easy maintanece for the life of the heater. 64 .�. . 0 KING ELECTRICAL MFG. CO. • 9131 IOTH AVENUE SOUTH • SEATTLE, WA 98108 • TEL: 206.762.0400 - FAX: 206.763.7738 www.king-eIectric.com t Factory Installed Options: Power Contactor: Standard on heaters above 5KW and on all 3-Phase models, optional on 2 to 6KW 1-Phase heaters. 24 Volt Control: Standard on 480V heaters, optional on all other heaters. 120 Volt Control: Control components will be modified to accept 120V control. (Not Standard) Mounting: Choose universal or low profile ceiling bracket made from heavy gauge steel. Rough Service: 5-Lugs are provided to securely mount heater in heavy industrial applications or ' marine vessels were vibration and movement are a concern. Includes 5-Hole Bracket. i Other Control Options: • 1-Pole or 2-Pole Thermostat • Two Stage Thermostat Temperature Indicated Label with • Pilot Light (Power On Indicating) 44' Energy Code Setting • Door Interlocking Disconnect • Summer Fan Switch • Wall Mounted Thermostat Line or i • 3-Position Switch (Heat -Off -Fan) Low Voltage RIM QUICK SELECTION CHART: KB4810-1-T-B2-DS40 I KB Series 480 Volts 10 Kilowatts 1 Single Phase T SP Stat B2 Bracket DS40 3-Pole Disconnect Switch 15006 KB2703-1 15202 KB4803-1 15009 25 1 KB2003-1 15003 KB2403-1 3 3 K62003 3MP 15231 KB2403-3MP 15072" 2 KB4803-3MP 15102 40 4 KB2004-1 15012 KB2404-1 15010 KB2704-1 15204 KB4804-1 15015 25 1 KB2005-1 15224 KB2405-1 15018 KB2705 1 15206 KB4805-1 15021 5 3 KB2005-31VP 15228 KB2405-3MP 15075 + juke a1t5 K84805-31VP 15105 40 6 1 3 �' c � Ot'j KB2406-1 15024 KB2706 1 15208 KB4806-1 15027 25 K62406-3MP 15078 t°, �? KB4806-3MP 15108 40 1 KB2007-1 15029 KB2407-1 15030 KB2707-1 15209 KB4807-1 15033 32 7.5 3 KB2007-3MP 15233 KB2407-3MP 15079 KB4807-3MP 15109 40 9 1 3�;1 W0 KB2709-1 15212 KB2409-3MP 15081,_ y? K84809-3MP 15111 40 1 KB2010-1 15226 KB2410-1 15042 KB2710-1 15214 KB4810-1 15045 32 10 3 KB2010-3MP 15230 KB2410-3MP 15082 .� KB4810-3MP 15113 40 1 KB2012-1 15227 KB2412-1 15054 KB2712-1 15216 KB4812-1 15057 32 12.5 3 KB2012-3 15235 KB2412-3t15094 KB4812-3MP 15117 40 1 KB2015-1 15229 KB2415-1 KB2715-1 15221 KB4B� 15065 32 15 3 KB2015-3 15232 KB2415-3'` �.? � 'e r' w �_ ,� '` �. _. 4815-3MP 15120 40 18� KB2418 3` K P 15123 40 20 KB2020-3 15237 K82420-3 K84820-3MP 15122 48 25 K82025-3 15239 K62425-3 15100 KB4825-3 15130 30 KB2030-3 15223 K82430-3 K82433 3 15101 15138 K84830-3 15162 49 33 KB4833 3 15165 40 KB2040-3 15225 KB2440-3 15103 KB4840-3 15169 100 50 KB2050-3 KB2060-3 15241 15243 KB2450-3 KB2460-3 15148 15153 KB4850-3 15175 60 KB4860-3 15180 110 _..KING ELECTRICAL MFG. (0. •.9131 10TH AVENUE SOUTH • SEATTLE, WA 98108 - TEL: 206.762.0400.• FAX: 206.163.1138 ""'o'a aR - s NoLaking www.king-ele(tric.com ' It 9HEaTE1U'� � �SIIE�,,HECGHT`,fIEPTH�'WID:1 h UIMENS10N5 SINGLE PHASE TE(HNI(AL DATA I 380V 30 Heaters are available in most KW ratings. 1 III 1 KB2003-1 I' 15005 208 1 14.4 208 25 K62403-1 15006 3 10.2 1 240/208 12.5/10.8 240 3 300 35° 14ft Sft A 25 KB2703-1 15202 277 10.8 277 Watt 25 KB4803-1 15009 480 6.2 24 28 KB2004-1 15012 208 19.2 2" 25 KB2404-1 15010 4 13.5 1 240/208 16.6/14.4 240 9 400 38° 15ft 8ft A 25 KB2704-1 15204 277 14.4 277 Watt 25 KB4804-1 15015 480 8.3 24 28 KB2005-1 15224 208 24.0 208 25 KB2405-1 15018 5 17.0 1 240/208 20.8/18 240 9 400 40° 16ft 8ft A 25 KB2705-1 15206 277 18.1 277 Watt 25 K64805-1 15021 480 10.4 24 28 KB2406-1 15024 240/208 25/21.6 240 25 KB2706-1 15208 6 20.5 1 277 21.6 277 9 400 451 16ft 8ft A 25 KB4806-1 15027 480 12.5 24 Watt 28 KB2007-1 15029 208 36.1 208 29 KB2407-1 15030 7.5 25.6 1 240/208 31.2/27 240 16 600 40° 20ft 9ft C 29 KB2707-1 15209. 277 27.0 277 Wan 29 KB4807-1 15033 480 15.6 24 32 KB2010-1 15226 208 48.1 208 32 KB2410-1 15042 10 34.1 1 240/208 41.6/36.1 240 25 725 440 24ft 10ft B 32 KB2710-1 15214 277 36.1 277 Watt 32 KB4810-1 15045 480 20.8 1 24 35 KB2012-1 15227 208 60.1 208 32 K B2412-1 15054 12.5 42.7 1 240/208 52/45.1 240 35 825 48° 30ft 11ft B 32 KB2712-1 15216 277 45.1 277 Watt 32 KB4812-1 15057 480 26.0 24 35 KB2015-1 15229 208 72.1 208 37 K82415-1 15064 15 512 1 2401208 62.5/54.1 240 35 925 51° 33ft 12ft B 37 KB2715-1 15221 277 54.2 277 Watt 37 KB4815-1 1 15065 480 31.3 1 24 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 40 'Refer to DIMENSIONS (hart Heater will draw 13% less amps 25% less wattage. "Over 6KW Line Voltage Control is operating the Contactor Coil only, and will draw under 1 AMP. Note: Consult factory for special wattages and/or voltages. Rated KW load tolerance of plus 5% minus 10%. j -66 i KING ELECTRICAL MFG. CO. 9131 1OTH AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98108 TEL: 206.762.0400 FAX: 206.763.7738 king www.king-eIectric.com I 3-PHASE TECHNICAL DATA CHART: 380V 30 Heaters are available in most KW ratings. I I 11' I' 15231 III 1 208 14.4 I 1 8.3 208 3 1 32 2003-3MP 2403-3MP 15072 3r17. 1-3 240/208 12.5110. 7.2/6.2 240 Watt300 35° 14ft Sft B 32 4803-3MP 15102 480 6.2 3.6 24 35 KB2005-3MP 15228 208 24.0 13.9 208 9 32 KB2405-3MP 15075 5 1-3 240/208 20.8/18 12/10.4 240 Watt 400 40° 16ft 8ft B 32 KB4805-3MP 15105 480 10.4 1 6.0 24 1 35 KB2007-3MP 15233 208 36.1 20.8 208 16 42 K82407-3MP 15079 7.5 25.6 1-3 240/208 31.2/27 18/15.6 240 Watt 600 400 20ft 9ft B 42 KB4807-3MP 15109 480 15.6 9.0 24 45 KB2009-3MP 15135 208 43.2 24.9 208 25 42 KB2409-3MP 15081 9 30.7 1-3 240/208 37.5/32.5 21.6/18.7 240 725 421 24ft 9ft B 42 KB4809-3MP 15111 480 18.7 10.8 24 Watt 1 1 45 K82010-3 15230 208 4D'_;r 27.7 208 25 42 41.6/36.1 KB2410-3MP 15082 10 34.1 1-3 2401208 24/20.8 240 Watt 725 440 24ft 10ft B 42 KB4810-3MP 15113 480 20.8 12.0 24 45 KB2012-3 15235 208 ai' c R 34.6 208 35 42 KB2412-3 15087 12.5 42.7 1-3 240/208 30/26 240 Watt 825 48° 30ft 11ft 8 42 26.0 KB4812-3MP 15117 480 15.0 24 1 45 KB2015-3 15232 208 4 41.6 208 35 46 KB2415-3 15090 15 51.2 1-3 240/208 :'� 1 36/31.2 240 Watt 925 510 33ft 12ft 6 46 31.2 KB4815-3MP 15120 480 18.0 24 49 KB2418-3 15093 18 61.4 13 240/208 AN'`. 43.3137.5 240 35 925 55° 33ft 12ft B 46 37.5 KB4818-3MP 15123 480 21.6 24 Watt 49 K62020-3 15237 3 208 55.5 208 50 46 KB2420-3 15094 20 68.3 3 2401208 48.1/41.6 240 1100 570 37ft 13ft D 46 KB4820-3MP 15122 1-3 480 24.0 24 Watt 49 41.6 KB2025-3 15239 25 85.3 3 208 r " 11 69.4 60.1152.1 208 240 1/4hp 50 1350 580 41ft 14ft E 48 KB2425-3 15100 2401208 D 48 KB4825 3 15130 480 (�� 30.1 24 Watt 51 83.3 208 49 KB2030-3 15223 208 �' KB2430-3 15101 30 102.4 3 240/208 � � 72.1162.5 240 114hp 1800 531 48ft 15ft E 49 KB4830-3 KB2433-3 15162 15138 480��'{ 240/208u 36.1 79.3168.8 24 240 52 49 33 113 3� 1/4hp 1800 53 ° 48ft 15ft E KB4833-3 15165 480 ; 39.7 24 52 KB2040-3 15225 208 111.0 208 2 50 (Watt 100 KB2440-3 15103 40 136.5 3 240/208 ETw 96.2/83.3 240 2200 570 53ft 15ft F 100 KB4840-3 15169 480 't`"" 48.1 24 1 110 KB2050-3; : 15241 - 208 '� 138._ 8 208 (2) 50 103 KB2450-3 ' 15148 50 170.6 3 240/208 w 120.2/104.2 240 Waft 2400 650 58ft. 15ft F 103 KB4850-3 15175 480 i 60.1 24 113 KB2460-3 15153 60 204.8 3 240/208., ' `- 144.3/125 240 (2) 114hp 2700 70° 65ft 18ft G 105 KB4860-3 15180 480- 72.2 24 115 KB2466-3 15156 66 225 3 240/908 '� 158.7/137.6 240 (2) 1/4hp 2700 70° 65ft 18ft G 105 KB4866-3 15183 480 �r 79.5 24 115 `Refer to DIMENSIONS (hart Heater will draw 13% less amps 25% less wattage. "Over 6KW Line Voltage Control is operating the Contactor Coil only, and will draw under 1 AMP. Note: Consult factory for special wattages and/or voltages. Rated KW load tolerance of plus 5% minus 10%. KING ELECTRICAL MFG. CO. ;. 9131.10TH AVENUE SOUTH _ SEAITLE, WA 98108 TEL: 206.762.0400 FAX: 206.763.7738. .0. ._ �� 67 KBT - Capillary bulb style ther- mostat senses intake air for accu- rate temperature control Label is calibrated from 40' to 757 with a 440F setting for unoccupied space as some energy codes require. Disconnects can be specified in 30, 40, 80 or 100 amp ratings with door interlock and padlock provi- sion. KBBA Mounting Bracket Top View 8" T o 0 6" 0 5" o 0 0 This bracket is manufactured in a Low IN 101, Profile design with 5 mounting holes. T When using this bracket for Low Ceiling 4" Profile installation, use the center hole _T;j— I only. When rough service support is Side View necessary, order the Option -51VIT (when ordering unit heater). The heater will have four mounting holes fabricated into the top. Attach bracket using the four outside mounting holes to provide a rigid mount. This is ideal for use on Ships, Containers or any application that will cause the heater to experience vibration. KBB-1 & KBB-2 - Unit heat brackets can be used for mount- ing on ceiling or wall. 3/8" threaded hole on top of unit heater can also be used with threaded rod to drop the unit closer to floor. Rough Service/Low Profile www.king-eIectric.com A unit heater being installed in a Chicago high rise electrical roam for humidity and freeze protection. 68 .\!J- KING ELECTRICAL MFG. CO. 9131 1OTH AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98108 TEL: 206.762.0400 FAX: 206.763.77*___. king www.king-eIe(tri(.com t- Universal Wall/Ceiling Small Mounting Bracket 15192 3 KBB 1 for heaters with Size A & C KBB 2 Universal Wall/Ceiling Large Mounting Bracket 15195 4 for heaters with Size B,D & E KBB-3 Universal Wall/Ceiling Double Mounting Bracket 15350 5 for heaters with Size F & G Rough Service or Low Profile Mounting Bracket 15351 4 KBB-4 for any heater. (2 Ea. req. for Size F & G) KBT Capillary Bulb Style Stat Kit (SPST). 25 AMP 15189 .5 KBT-2 Capillary Bulb Style Stat Kit (DPST). 25 AMP 18209 .5 Water pumping and a water treatment room, protected from freezing and humidity with King KB Unit Heater. FACTORYINSTALLED OPTIONS: 1-Pole Unit Mounted Thermostat. Temperature range 40°F to 100°F 7-T 2-Pole Unit Mounted Thermostat. Temperature range 40°F to 100°F -131 Mounting Bracket KBB-1 included with heater size A & C -B2 Mounting Bracket KBB-2 included with heater size B, D. & E -83 Mounting Bracket KBB-3 included with heater size F & G -SF Summer Fan Switch -SFR Control Relay and 24V Transformer for Remote Summer Fan Operation -3PS 3-Position Switch (HeaUFan/Oft) -PL Pilot Light (Power On Indication) -CX Power Contactor for KB2 through KB5, 1-Phase Models (Line Voltage Coil) CT24 Converts 208, 240 & 277 Volts to 24V Control. (Add Power Contactor (-CX) for KB2 through KB5, 1-Phase Models) CT120 Same as CT24 except 120V Control Components. (Add Power Contactor (-CX) .. for KB2 through KB5, 1-Phase Models) -DS30 30 AMP, 3-Pole Disconnect Switch with Door Interlock and Padlock Provision. -DS40 40 AMP, 3-Pole Disconnect Switch with Door Interlock and Padlock Provision. -DS80 80 AMP, 3-Pale Disconnect Switch with Door Interlock and Padlock Provision. -DS100 100 AMP, 3-Pole Disconnect Switch with Door Interlock and Padlock Provision. 5MT 5 Mounting Weld Nuts are provided on heater for rough service use. Includes KBB-4 5-hole bracket. 5MT2 Rough Service Mounting Holes (4 Each) fabricated into the top of each heater to accept KBB-4 Mounting Brackets (2 each KBB-4 included) KING ELECTRICAL MFG. CO. 9131 10TH AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98108 •_ TEL: 206.762.0400 FAX: 206.763.7738 _.0- Q PROJECT: LOCATION: ARCHITECT.• ENGINEER: SUBMITTED BY. SUBMITTED TO: DATE: ITEM.- QTY. UNIT. TO INCL UDE: North Talbot Pump Station Renton City Of Renton RH2 Air Tec Co. Omega Contractors 11127102 Electrical room heater One Q-Mark A WH-4404 4 Kw 240-1-60 Integral tamper resistant stat I Products 470 Beauty Spot Rd. E, Bennettsville, SC 29512 C&S FILE #E21609 JOB NAME: LOCATION: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER: CONTRACTOR: SUBMITTED BY: DATE: SUBMITTAL SHEET AWH 4000 SERIES FAN -FORCED WALL HEATERS CAPACITIES 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000 or 4800 Watts 208, 240, 277, 347 or 600V 10 3000, 4000 or 4800 Watts 208 or 240, 347, 600V, 30 Thermostat Range: 40 - 90 Degrees F Air Movement: 100 CFM ITEM CITY. CATALOG NUMBER TAG LENGTH WATTS VOLTS PHASE 0 AMPS BUILT-IN CONTROLS ACCESSORIES AND CONTROLS ITEM CITY CAT. NO. TAG DESCRIPTION SUBMITTED BY: DATE APPROVED BY: DATE ZSS-QAWH4 (04-02) Printed in U.S.A. i> QAMARK® Division of Marley Engineered Products 470 Beauty Spot Rd. E, Bennettsville SC 29512 SELECTION CHART 1 2000 10.0 AWH-4408 208 1 1 AWH-44083 3 4000 11..1 1 1500/2000 7.218.5 AWH-4404 208/240 1 3000/4000 14.5/16.7 AWH•44043 240 3 4000 9.7 AWH-4303 347 1 3 1 3000 8.6 AWH-4306 600 3 3000 5.0 1 1500/2000 6.5/7.5 AWH-4407 240/277 1 3000/4000 12.5/14.5 1500 5.5 AWH•4307 277 11 3000 11.0 AWH-4503 347 1 4800 13.8 AWH4506 600 1 4800 8.0 AWH-4508 208 1 4800 23.1 AWH•45083 3 4800 13.4 AWH-4504 20B1240 1 3600/4800 17.3/20.0 AWH-45043 240 3 4800 11.6 AWH-4507 2401277 1 3600/4800 15.0/17.3 ACCESSORIES CATALOG NO. DESCRIPTION Pneumatic/Eleddc switch. Factoryset at 10 psig AWH-PE to "make" on pressure drop. May be field wired to "break'on pressure drop. Pressure set point adjustable to 30 psig. (Field installed.) AWH-R2 (24 volt) Time delay relay 40-60 seconds to dose when AWH-R12 (120 volt energized. Use 120V or 24V power supply from remote source. (Field installed.) AWH S-1 V deep surface mounting frame for semi - recessed installation. AWH-S-2 Same as above except 2" deep. AWH-SM Surface mounting frame for surface installations. Painted to match heater decor, 313/16" deep. LFK-SFC 14 Gauge security front cover. DIMENSIONS Top View e 7-J/le- �11-5/16- ]-7 e• / 7-J/t 6" I IS-33/J]' �I F 1-1/7• 1-v/1e• I y I I s BACK BOX J/4• tl (R h,-In Box) (Frml View)) FRONT te•+/�' o COVER t9-J/16- V I w LJ FROM COVER (Sltle View) MODEL .,Arc RECESSED DIM. "13" THICKNESS OF FRAME rrCr, FRONT COVER DIM. "D" TOTAL EXT. INTO ROOM SM — 3-13/16" 1-1/2" 5-5/16" S2 1-13/16" 2" 1-1/tLgtj S1 2-13/16" 1" 1-1/ RECESSED 3-3/4" — 1-1/ ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S SPECIFICATIONS* The heating equipment shall include an electric automatic fan forced air heater suitable for large area heating, as manufactured by QMark, A Division of Marley Engineered Products, Bennettsville, SC. The heater shall be designed for wall mounting, recess or surface. Heaters shall be UL listed. HEATER ASSEMBLY: The heater assembly which fits into the back box shall consist of a fan panel upon which is mounted all of the operational parts of the heater. HEATING ELEMENT: The heating element shall be of the non - glowing design consisting of an 80/20 nickel -chromium resistance wire enclosed in a steel sheath to which plate fins are copper brazed. It shall be warranted for 5 years. FAN AND FAN MOTOR: The fan shall be five -bladed aluminum. The fan motor shall be totally enclosed. FAN DELAY SWITCH: Fan control shall be of bi-metallic, snap - action type and shall activate fan after heating element reaches operating temperature. The fan shall continue to operate after the thermostat is satisfied and until the heating element is cool. THERMOSTAT. The tamper -proof thermostat shall be of the bi- metallic, snap -action type with enclosed contacts. It shall be com- pletely concealed behind the front cover to become tamper proof. THERMAL CUTOUT. A thermal cutout shall be built into the system to shut off the heater in the event of overheating. DISCONNECT SWITCH: A double -pole single throw disconnect switch shall be mounted on the back box for positive disconnect of power supply. It will be completely concealed behind the front grid panel. PNEUMATIC/ELECTRIC SWITCH: An optional pneumatic/electric switch shall be available for use with energy management systems employing pneumatic pressure devices for controlling comfort levels and set -back operations. LOW VOLTAGE RELAYS: Normally open 24-volt and 120-volt low voltage holding coil relays shall be available as optional equip- ment to control 208, 240, or 277 volt heaters in conjunction with central energy control systems. The built-in thermostat can then be used as one of the thermostats in an automatic night set back operation. BACK BOX: The back box shall be designed for duty as a recessed rough -in box in either masonry or frame installations and is also used with the surface mounting frame in surface mounting installations. The back box shall be 20-gauge galvanized steel and shall contain knockouts through which power leads are brought. FRONT PANEL: The front panel shall be of the bar grille type and shall be constructed of 16-gauge cold -rolled steel, welded into a uniform grille and finished in baked enamel to direct the warmed air toward the floor. The front grille shall be surrounded by a deco- rative satin -finish aluminum "picture" frame. THREE PIECE DESIGN: The heater shall be made of a back box, a heater assembly, and a front panel. 'QMark reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice. 29 23 02:50p kbi�Ulzlu z U131.11 Cascade industrxesNWInc 4254853790 Ab3t)b6 f l'uo F''KOAJUi. t j i ( NUL t)c FM DESCRIPTION '-- potysh+eld Ht.E is a sacwd genanft ►. high aar(orma rm, sprayed. pima! avrttpou*nt pure potylrrsa @tatmwr eA"riq very high Oongatttr(t This system Is bated an amine-tetminated poty(afhar resins, amp* chain eMn&m and prepotymers n provides an oviram" AeMe_ resttient tougtt raoWiihie men*btatm with grxtd water and dlefair* Msistance. IFEATURES • 100% aolids. No setvents. no VOC's • Fat Set: Mend* w4lAn five minutes or iess • Hydrophobic mW ftwrefor+e affected very fidie by dtwp, cool surfaces dozing appkabon, tt 00 be front up to any thickt S in oAa appiic eon • High lempvMro stab 1rty up to 2W F (171 'C) vwh int$n1 Ment tompefatums up to 3W F (148 'C) • High esiaagavon for crxk "Ing * EgcoWirt arwapELiation aafac'tsftbm RECOMMENDED USES • EMMA 0 MalrnmeM r "HeM c oitkw of Wing used with at *dthout en+capsuleliw mNertat far sectexb7e Ei's or atha types of tigtdlton materiels • Liner for toncrato tanks, • Enc:tpsulatioo n►AteOal for ponde, lagoons. 90bems. MM Pwt or reservoirs, dtkas, W*aliote other ery haxsrdous dllchea. tunnels, bar9ea, M4010310 (Cots A SPI) etc. • Replace or repair Wed Rock shiekt for papa nes gxiaikq sheet mvr&mns liners • Stsei tanks. S409 and • Root syllen% P"s • Proiec" eteatomet for sprayed-Its-Vam urethane foam COLORS it shell be ooled tM Pofylshield WE is an AMMM p*INma- therefo(e, U with all wornalita over a period of tt a vats* change P$ Wee as wivrkJal 0xld$0W aril! OcCu . ELASTU9 ERIC POLYUREA Ravrsed 0102 RAVI ScIldx by, 1r ok►or, tOQ't6 Vofttditr {]rgerlt Cam 4uncts 7iwMxsilast Cwcr a �i D _ - - 16 Mite 4.amm 0 i4er al /i 100 sq S. (9.1 m'tgm) r .—� ga seta (agpras4i .. sins. 3.87 k Number of Costa 1.2 ANN at 1 'A'' 1 " - VWOS4 (spa) 0 77" F (25'G) A. 4w avMx B:40 apeyox. oif Uie 6U-90 (15- .) Sa mantfle Tensile SM0rVh ASTM f3 a1z 250a pxi (1625 mpa) fslgog"on D 777 (25C) 771 % + 50 Mardnsas Share 0 30 } 5% 40% Modulus AWV D 412 _ 780 v 6 4 n a+ 100 O—n- tModul-A 124 pst LOA Mpa) + 100 Thar Realstarlce ASTM 0 5Z4 400 PLI (70 t4Wm) ± 50 o__j T.—...w.,... E F ems SprsvM 2 mti4 10 ASTM s _ Smoke Density a 20 mifA 10 ASTM F84 'kt ,*y MM" gW(IpW*W ofv vVv10#^T8fC b*Mt4V 0(fu*Y!-'t" D■'tiMWP"1- R! *rA J[ Jdd fwrrero rrRr• 4Mr qw&-*- Mee w A c■(W phrwr wosm I of Comd lv%x n+ef Alf alnx+4e AY ■dour mwr me_ *vw btaM a er+9d tx Mjr lien knef *Vgkc. fr K ma"nve,10M ruler Ow asor pd,+brro mate o• -4009m t nt rl M Gel 6t sec. Tads Free 35t see. Past Cure•. 24 hovrt Reco,m 0-A haws �'Owpt•v ,oa(P vMw v h eeftMMR Ilov *#fv* T car &%he tv re W-Avw W"N- MuMeAv M 0 vWWY Cw*wvfMMr. T*A 1sErtM M br " •des Vn7cd w k 5"f"wr FX- fW ob 14 30' art. t•At•�r+•xA�ose 1'IMer tOtl'F {T>"Ct D Quo w.'MSM nmrmy cnaa,■er. GENERAL APPLICATIQN INSTRUCTIONS A094 PolygMaM Mv-E to nnty d06n, dry, sound sutices frse of toose particles oT odw Mm'gn maYM-1 A pclmer "Y ee requimd, subj1qC1 1n rune wwWor canditkM of trre sabsb*% Consult ttif: ( *f servrce -10 to �^ DESCRIPTION AMP-ioa. spray -applied plural component potyurea, is a u*lue synergy of allphaGc and aromatic polyrnor chemistry. AMP-100 pure potyurea is formulated using amine lerriinated pclyelher resin3, amine dta4l extenders, a(A aliphatic wid aromatic prspctyrners. For many appilcatians tins highly crossirnked eiastomer offers an sconomica) alternative to pure-Aphalle protective ratings. AMP-100 can be used as a stand-alone prociud or as a topcoat over aromatic Potyureaa, pofyuetlrane' s our hybdfds- FEATURES -- • StVwfar ccior stability and gtm retmillon compared to aromatic alaskvrem • Outstanding abrasion reshtwTa • Exterxlerd get time for betfxr flowLout providing a smoother morn uniform finish • !=arms a seaml= membrane that can bet handled and walked on within hvo minutes cr less from the time K' s sprayed • Hydr000bic ark d)w--lure al'twed vcry litca by clamp or cold &Races r!ufin9 apPiicattor. • 100% solids. Zero V.O.C: S • Kigh build up to any tht Arres3 in one aWc-3tixxi • Ho lemperature st-"Ity with a dry working ternparature of up to 2W F (930Cy with it M rittent temperattxeS lrp to 250° F (12m) RECOMMENDED USES • Urethane loam rodfug & Tanks, pond lagoon containment Antng • Aquetic anlm3l, water ride • walls. celtJnga for meat, burins datrp pig *as • Exposed signs 6 displays a Encapsulation of Owtuuat • Tnx k eds aM Aael to protect and retard uxrdercarriage Itners rust formation • BF3 base teal EnrrPMulatiot: of lead, law repiaoement level radloactive and asbeclos contaminated surfaces_ COLORS AMP-100 is avaftabfe in several standard colors. Cuatom odam will be quoted upon ioqueet. NOTE: to continuous futtdight exposure wNw or very ilgfrt cf-4ora rilll yellow over a period of time. ALIPHA'nC MODIFIED POLYUREA Revised 12G1 Solids by Volume _ _ $00% Some bYWelght Vol;wttia 0 an[c Cnm ands 1M 01lrst a! 0 ft _ Theoratkad CoNera in DfT 108 it. ,{a 16 rai!pl Mf !lumber of Goats _ 1-2 Mix Ratks V[9cwsity {cps) @ 77' F (25 'Cl I . A*: 1 ' S' _ A: 520 approx. B: 550�_rox. Shea Life i34 f 15 32"C Six months Tensile Strength ASTM D 412 3243 psi (22.5 rnpa) avg. Elongation 488% (yg.) Hardness (Share DI 53 0- 5% bmrdoess 45twm A) 96 •1. S% 100% !Modulus ASTM D 412 1100 psi (7.8 mpe} +Iw5% 30Q% Modulus 173a pel (12 rupa +!} 5% Tsar R#sistance ASTM 13 624 519 PSI 91 KNtm Service Tarn eature -50 -- 200"r i-45 WC) Abrasion RoBistance ASTM D 4DW 1000g -1 C40 u7c ieg H-18 wheel 20.5 m 'oss H-10 vAieei 33 mg loss H-22 vjwd 46.4 ma loss CS-17 wfree( 19.1 mo loss weAthesability (black) 40M hours (QUY-� No evicfenve of fall Te AR dry Wm pod" are aFR ndmMtr 6ecae•• afP r4 pararner[ra qgfeel! ry add wifNium erpes and yu•rrlN•s w2 J+".d:yairaArArDFBItrA3 O/rxerse/9J•a COW. F# aampivs for abrwe duals here Fbww cored yr Aped br rears Vw Amm *oaks R to re0mvrrenrNdfhatffr•rarsrpBffar>01 fhenrtwnkxt9rmn�rrftesti�. .4 s Gel Took Freer. .. 'a .0 .: - -- - - "C'arK'Ipb GoFmroraofien hl •ci'lern• fly! etnw{rrrr cen'eke �1 tv SEY6rar HsnkO, depanditp au a vr!sfy of NrtdVrrone. TAv sarwbff for m t wWe armpit ** S➢i P&M NP (3 1.700AW twos.,* FAn+eriaapiam Neat f 7Z' F D-7 Our owA'A mbmV Ovnbvr. GENERAL APPLICATi0N INSTRUCTIONS Apply AMP-100 to anfy clean, dry, sound surfaces free of loose particles rx mhar foreign matter. A odder may ba rniimd; sub ed to type and candillm of the substrate. MOTE; 1n the event that the use of a primer is riot prucsir;.-ri, SPt A& 4 add mixture may be used **? the AMP-100 out rncml propady pmp..wed kwgafrk substrates to enhance adhestm. Ce7 tmchrticef san0ce parson W .tr specft feccm~da1bns. ,WP-"00 rags be sprayed ovor a broad Aga of arntient temperatures. Corsdt technical sarvive for Ape -critic rocommmdallons. SP1 recommends spraying AMP-100 in multidirectional passes to Irsure uniform thickness. 0 2•J00 Specialty Prodtrrts, inc. rt'aPPLaCATION EQUIPMEidT t Stand®rd i:1 Patio, heated, plural corlponent equipment develOping a minitrium of 20a*psi (138 bar) dynamic pressure yAp adequetefy spray AMP-100. These Inciude SPI Gusmer 25Q5 HP, SF4 Gusmer FF1 tN19. Gusmer a NkxIalis 142000, H- 35M and K20M vNth a 134, Gusmer GXT Gusmer OXT-400 gun or Owner Gx-8 gun. • pre -heater temperature should be at 18i1-170-11F (71-76T Hum temperature sbasid be st 160-17W7 (71-7M) a hose thermometer Inserted under the Insulation nefr the Sun should read a minimum of W-166"F (63-68'12). a physical properties sold be erthancad Kfen sprayed at higher pressure (2000 psi or more), utilizing an Impingement mix gun such as the Gusmer GV gun, Gusmer GX7-400 er Gusmer GX8 gun MIXING AND THINNING Thoroughly agks0a the. ' 6` components of this product pier to application. Care must be taken not to omw contaminate the individual cornportents vdth the mixing aWlIprment. Thinning Is not required. Using city thinner may adversely affect product perforrnartm. GENERAL SAFETY, TOXICITY St HEALTH DATA CLEAN UP: DPK NMR and Palyclean MiaWt ial Safety Data Shoats are oval -We on ibis dating material. Any lndivkkW vt may cone in contact %Ah these products should read and understand the WS.D.S. CHEUTl; EC EMERGENCY NUMBER 1.900-424-9300 WARNING: Contact with skin or inhalation of vapors may cause an allergic reaction. Avoid eye contact with liquid or spray mist. Hypersensitive persolts should vwear p"ettve cbthes, gloves and use protective vvi,wn on fade, heads and other expor-ad areas. CCWAMINA-nCft Avoid moisture contarWiiatiort In cont8JIMS. CwWrIgn dmdd not be. res&*W If contarnlrrNiM Is smsi led. caltun dioxide created pressure can devek)p. Oo not attempt to use contarnfnated material. EYE PROTECTION: Safety glasses, Boggles, or a face shitdd are recuu flended. SKIN PROTECMW Chemical restsW4 gloves are mcommad'ed. Cover as much of the exposed skin area as possible with approprtatal RESPIRATORY PROTECTION Use a respirator approved for Wcyarrales and organic vapors. P you aria not owe or not We to monitor letrels, use 143i-WN10SH approved stippled air respirator. Cor� fha appilootman and envh+or mental concentrations In deciding if adfifional protective measures are necessary. NOW AMP-100 confows ite ToWas 0itsocyaslafts (7U1 j. AMP-100 Page Two IMMSTION. Do not We internally. it is believed that ingestion of polymeric Isocyanates would not be fatal to humans, boA may Cause inflamntatim Of mouth and stomach tissue. L.iMti�ITIONsT Y AMP? 100 Is for industrial use Only. a Minimum materiaVcontainer tempo miuretor spray application is Wile- F (27 °C). • Avoid moisture contaminayon In containers. Contalnem should not to resealed I txotarrlinat➢on is suspected, C 02 created pnewuxe can develop. Do riot attempt to use wriOndnated ARiitANTY & DISCLAIMED spoddty Ptoduds, fna floe no role In lice mana4dure of the Rntt,ihed pal}mer ether ton to e pply has bw Wnponomw It 18 44ta1 emt to pamn hhppiyfrtp dig ppu& i wndamtendr Yin yaadatl and le fury trub+ed and cartlRsd in ithe use Of PUW ooahapnant agtlpmertL Spada ty Piodthats. Ina. an Naeks ahrparatam —rarAo ordy that the two compnnanh of Y$t precool She11 sonlotrtt to ft tsdrtbet SpodlfoOmw pL"Wmd In the produd ritwasa.). The gwltr and CrtrwA or iho prnfthd a dapendW upon *0 proper agAire Ind appl6catan of d» narrtyvetms by tie appliMor. Tr'aes we no vaarrv6sa that r4and beyond the deeerlplbn rm tm face of I his Irp;burnerd. SPMIALTY PRODUCTS. INC. MMES NO WARRANTY CIF MERCHAIkITABLITY OF THE PRODUCT OR OF 1 M&SS OF THE PRctorlCT FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE - Sped" Ftad=K ft. nkOMe no %err" as to its quditlr of any product madMed, ahh oorr rtM. Vnte4 or a llara i M any ray alter R leaves the mawfaulu6n9 Omi• Specuhut}Y PtOdW(a4 ML does ad wwranl that Ode product IS 5411able tot h:oe M a drnr trlr po file Water owWnerx the of this prodird in a pol" wataf carAnImsr coM be hazartla m ill heath It is 5spropmty prooersed Cr SWO04 The filfbjft of §p_j ttY_ tndt_rl_s_. IRO W airy rmccufonnty of the pra&%d to its Le apedpt901 a be Anri(eA ao radecem•nI or In jp dLxL The wIs awdusive remedy of b"w, wilttth (a 10 have. Sp=Wtr ProdoctR Inc- +epiw* any rtonooitmormina prodrx1 ar no ccd b buyer, le wrdlianad upon buyer ncAfyitq SpecWly P;*dttcls. III= or findisftiburor In wftV of such Mad wdNn t180y days of 111e discoverg eI SuGh dead spedalty iri &oft in¢ Mail mat be liable for VV cheatk edderitel, or cor►sagtnsnk'dI damages mtr Mbv [ram arty breach or wernudy. The data VassrUd heroin to cot intended for rmn-i rafaeuintol eppli atore or those panimm afro do ad poxhow or WWAn troth product In um norrnd aurae of that bushhess The potanliai user mast partmn " petanard legs to order to dawrnfna the puzW a pofcnnome wd sutublilly in IA9 Intended applltsitat since trnal datermrnallon of ftaw of die pmdod for any perlmler are bt Me rasiranSMY d the t+ W. Tlho ekdrercentaned date an this produd Is to be utaed as a guide and Is WA*ct to ittenge witlqul rhadeu. The infareretlon herein h believed t9 be relteble, but unktwvn dsks may be prtsanL tipedellyh pmdutxs, nhc mums as •stile wWmv:red or Gnpeed, FhdLx&m pueaht vtatraMtte or aennrales of inerdsh+attdly or fitrtesa or tits, Wih regad to prthdUM or it/uravrue aef fod h parela, fQdNnY conwin d herein OWN ox EW4 parmissba or rw-omntendrdimt to p vcfte any Irrrart aft oovered by a Patent %tkm t a Rowse from sue cwmof Me Pat"* AccaM gty, the buyer aea,mes at tiers v"waver w to ire used ON rnatartd• end buyW s esduoiva remedy se. to erty bteeoh of was wty, rwjkpnce. or olm datrn bathed be. limited 0 ft plc man price at the mdarfel6 Fatima to edwm to wl MmmmWaded procedures &M reteve soadeity Probed Inc dap Vabylty with "span a the. "terla is WA a* sae etaraor. SPECIALTY PRODUCTS INC., 2410 104TH St: Ct. S. Ste. D, Lakewood, WA, 98409 1-80Q- 27.0773 WyAt tS -PMbCt&.COItl jjj { jt= � ttGtS.Cdffi 8P4 tlRwwWcwrhrgfrJtaatbWan Loeadtms: Lakewood, WA - Carl", TX Wortdwtde t)ieMbt>slan: Andwra p. AK • Feirbanko, AK - Edmonton, Careds - Toronto, Canada • Ouebsc City, Canso • Tmnploo, Mexico - Ovens Alms. Argentkie - Caraoea, vanes,are • Drisbana. J msknR. - CUlatonurdh, Now z}eWWW - Tokyo, Japan - Seat, south Kbrehs • Piton$&* Chita - .Jskerta, Irdonasis Yeairaglrtberi& Russia • Tel Aviv, Israel - Outel, W A 1T. C 7430-01 LOCI ODOR URETHANE 11 POLYURETHANE COATING PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Low Odor Urethano 11 is a single component (plus accelera#or) moisture-cursd, aromatic, pcfyurethane coating designee' for use as a oiaterproofing rnern- brane for pedestrian and -vehicular traffic bearing ,.!r€aces. PRODUCT NUM.BERa ANO COLORS Standard colors are: 74.W-01 Gray; 7435-01 Tart CURED FILM PERFORMANCE UJ "&Wpgal TV-51Li2at&j Pesult Tens -- Stre ryt-1, ar Al ASTM 0 412 2,560 PSI @Ongat;on at creak, ASTM D d 12 450% '.b at 71 F j?3.a^'CJ Parmansnr Set at 8rnak ASTV L7 412 to % M;rxrrnurn AIresan to Substrate ASTtLf D 5&V3 30 ibal5rt. mi;1. Voistrrra V*w Tram AST44 c aS .039 Parm ;n. Ev. Perna.- PrXedure a (1.05 Pefm 38 rw,%) Tear r3e.istanss AST14 D 7014 250 PLI } ism*3ess fiJ Vre 1. ASTM 0 ;Z2 40 i d-37 Resisialcs to Wale- 36 ASTV 17 471 3% max rt ange in wcfgry atirrr 7 days immersion weafhenng Resfsfarloe ASTNI U822 Slighi rnalk Abrasion Ri=sbrce #;-501 Taber W mg less At rfasim 1000 Fie .iith 1000 9m,'►vheel cs-17 wheels PRODUCT DATA 31"WK62ke am -Its viscawy, Krebs flat ASTrLf D 5E2 00-100 weig"a - rbs.,'gw, aSn! D 1475 .9.65 Wdp &girls As at 0 KW 80% (,'crime Sands Calculated i5% flash Pc�nt AS FM D 7310 1 KrF Red f,abef No Fiat Life 6-8 Hrs. _`-pelf G7o 1 Y-3ar CGsre Time 0 J�F, and r7-S-"30A 24 Hr;. 5U% N.H. SAFETY This product contains llarnmable aromatic solvents. Excessive contact with bare skin should be avoided. it is good practice to gear glove-s and to guard against splashing the coating or solvent. Inhalation of fumes or vapor should be avoided. Use a NK)SI-liTASHA approve -A rospiralor. Thinrting of materials is not required under rarnial application conditions. However, if required, thin material with Xrlene. Never thin more than 0% without consulting ` eogard. nyiene should be used for cleaning Equipment. For surface preparation and application instructions, refer to � leorgard Gu de Specifications. STORAGE Every precaution should be taken to prevent tire. Drums and cans of coatings and Soly=nts 51'CUld tie stored in a coot (75°F) area sate from fire exp0stsre. When specified on c on'ainer, protect materials ',Torn freezincg. 01-;en containers, the liciuid coating, it's fumes and vapor must be kept away from any source of ignition, heat, sparks, arcing switches, open fiames, including plot lights, cutting torches and all tools that could cause sparks. Do iZOt smoke:- Use explosion proof equipment, Foarn or dry pcAvder fire extinguishers shou;d be placed where they can be quic4y and safely reached in case of fire - The irrfurmahon, ,late and sir ge;,t uns contained herein are aAliaia. i to [w reliable, based ulrt:.n rrlr knuHredge and expenence; ho-,&ever, it i3 expressly declared that Seller tN3es nal guarantee the result to be obtainM in 3uyer'3 process. SELLEP HFFIFRY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MEP,CHANXABILiTY FOR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ANDiOR ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED as to any and all products and/or suggestions derscribod herein, wheti,wr such prctiucta are i,+s,ttrf alone or in rrmbin.Aon with other materials. Foyer must maKe its gxn deterrnirtation of the suitability of any prWint for its Me, and the completeness of arr, inforakd1on contained heroin. Nothing,contained herein shxtl be construed to r.enwtitule iriducaoneni or rreemmendalion to pracUun any invention covered by any patent �44Kut authoaity from the m4uner at the patent. NT17020596db-7.430•r I ProData-PM6 NEOGARD arv- or JonaE-(main RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. 300 Simon Street SE, Suite 5 East Wenatchee, WA 98802 E N G I N E E_R.5 P L A N N E R S (509) 886-2900 or (800) 720-8052 5 c I E N T I S T 5 Fax: (509) 886-2313 TO: Omega Contractors. Inc. P.O. Box 430 Duvall, WA 98019-0430 ccif, Sent Via: U.S. Mail WE ARE SENDING YOU THE FOLLOWING: Letter of Transmittal DATE: 9/13/02 1 JOB NO.: REN 101.032.05 ATTENTION: Mr. Gordy Wagster RE: City of Renton - North Talbot BPS Submittals SeparateCover Via: LUnder awings Prints Plans Samples Specifications Letter Change Order Submittals COPIES DATE NO. DESCRIPTION 9/13/02 Submittal No. 14 (Revise and Resubmit) RE—ar-11 FED P 17 2002 CITY OF RENTON UTILITY- THESE ARE TRANSMITTED AS CHECKED BELOW: For approval Approved as submitted Resubmit copies for approval X For your use Approved as noted Submit copies for distribution As requested Returned for corrections Return corrected prints For your information Signature For review and comment For bids due: Prints returned after loan to us REMARKS: COPY TO: I Mr. J.D. Wilson. P.E.. City of Renton I SIGNED: I Mark Miller. P.E. I EXT: 15372 I 'r, I ; ' ' ;,' p"I J:ldata\REN\101-0321Submittals\Trans-GWagster-submittal 14.doe 300 Simon , et SE; Suite 5 East Wenatchee, WA 98802 509-886-2900 800-720-8052 Fax 509-886-2313 Project Submittal Review Project Nat North Talbot Pump Station Rehabilitation & Other Water Facility Modifications Contractor. Omega Contractors, Inc. Submittal No: 14 Subcontractor. Omega Contractors Submittal Date: 08/27/02 projeaNa REN 101-032 Rm4ewed®y. DJB ❑ Reviewed ❑ Rejected ® Revise and Resubmit Item(s) Reviewed and Comments: ❑ Furnish as Corrected Item Approval Action Comment Motor Control Center Revise and Resubmit MCC submitted will not fit in the space provided on drawings. MCC drawings shall be included in the submittal package and not emailed separately. Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with the requirements of the drawings and specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. The contractor is responsible for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordinating his work with that of all other trades, and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner. J:\data\REN\101-032\Submittals\submittaf #14.doc SUBMITTAL DATA CITY OF RENTON, WASHINGTON NORTH TALBOT PUMP STATION PROJECT DIVISION 16.10 - MOTOR CONTROL CENTER OMEGA CONTRACTORS 11930 308TH NW DUVALL, WA 98019 SO #18898 SUBMITTAL DATE: AUGUST 21, 2002 0 0 S& inc. 13200 SE 30th St., Bellevue, Washington 98005 (425) 644-1700 FAX (425) 746-9312 Air SIEMENS General Design and Structure • Heavy -Duty Construction with up to 100KA. Bus Bracing. • NEMA Wiring. • Plug -In Units with Racking Feature through Size 5 Starters. • Door/Unit Mounted Pilot Device Panel. • UL Labeling as applicable. • 600V 50/60 Hz. • CSA Labeling as applicable when specified. General Description TIASTAR provides an efficient means of grouping electric motor controls and related devices in one compact structure. A motor control center con- sists of one or more enclosed vertical sections mounted on the floor. It contains incoming line facilities, a common horizontal bus, wireway trough, and conduit facilities for incoming and outgoing wires. Each vertical section typically contains a vertical bus connected to the power bus, a vertical wireway, one or more combination motor control units, and various related devices, including push buttons, selector switches, and many others. Motor Control Centers also might include equipment such as transformers, lighting panels, and special assemblies. TIASTAR, in addition to providing a safe conve- nient housing for system motor controls, is easy to design and install. Modular construction and flexible features allow efficient space utilization and simplify future additions or modifications. IMPORTANT: The dimensions depicted within this document are for reference purposes only and are subject to change without notification. Contact the fac- tory for certified construction drawings. THIS EQUIPMENT CONTAINS HAZARDOUS VOLTAGES. DEATH, SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY, OR PROPERTY DAMAGE CAN RESULT IF SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ARE NOT FOLLOWED. ONLY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL SHOULD WORK ON OR AROUND THIS EQUIPMENT AFTER BECOMING THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH ALL WARNINGS, SAFETY NOTICES, AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES CONTAINED HEREIN. THE SUCCESSFUL AND SAFE OPERATION OF THIS EQUIPMENT IS DEPENDENT UPON PROPER HANDLING, INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE. ........... . ................. -------- ..... . ...... ........ ........... . ....... �.ii Sk��; �I%Ioumtinq and A�ssambiy TIASTAP'Strklcgum 16esign 7, Mounting ERls a-e *qr UA jhit:n,,� -A a Uffipq Angle Rine.- Tv-0 1 -io'�ard -v: 3;1 rv, aj d1h dno:' a x s: S v Figure I - Structure with complete bus assembly. Figure 2 Top horizontal wireway. Figure 3 Bottom horizontal wireway. Figure 4. Wire tie device in vertical wire - way Doors The vertical wireway doors and unit doors are pan type with concealed hinges of the removable pin type. The vertical wireway door hinges on the right, the unit door on the left, giv- ing maximum access to the vertical wireway. Individual doors may be removed without removing the door above or below. Doors stay in place even with the hinge pins removed and the door fully opened. To remove, take out pins, close door, and pull off. Doors open in excess of 110'. A minimum of two (2)'/4 turn fasteners are used on 12" unit doors and larger. 15" and 20" wide MCC doors are available with a plexiglass cutout option. See page B26 for dimensions. Unit Supports Two shelf brackets and a separator angle support individual units and provide a retention for a door gasket when so spec- ified. Cover Plates The bottom 6" wireway of each section is covered with a formed plate with captive -type screws. There are two 13 gauge top plates on 15" sections (three on 20"). The rear top plate on front mounting and the center plate on back-to-back mounting sections permit access to the horizontal bus. The front top plate on front -mounting and the two outside plates on back-to-back sections are removable for installation of con- duit. A screw -mounted 16 gauge plates cover the rear of front - mounted MCCs for ease of removal if rear access is desired. Reversible bottom end -cover plates cover the bottom hori- zontal wireway, ground bus opening, and the end channels. They perform this function if the section is mounted on its sills or if the section with sills are grouted into the floor, the plates are simply rotated 180°. Finish The motor control finish is an electrostatically applied TGIC polyester powder, applied both manually and automatically in an environmentally controlled clean room, cured at 400° F for 20 minutes. All painted parts undergo a five -stage prepara- tion process that includes an alkaline wash, water rinse, iron phosphate wash, water rinse and a non -chrome sealer. The minimum film thickness on external surfaces is 2.0 Mils and the finish passes a 600-hour salt spray test per ASTM B117- 94 definitions. Motor control center structures are painted USAS #61 gray to match Siemens distribution products. Units and the rear of the vertical wireway are painted white. Figure 5 - 110' opening of unit and vertical wireway door. Figure 6 - Front top cover plate with conduit hole. Figure 8 - Reversible bottom end -cover plates. Structure Arran-�prlents I Front AACUriting p Wiring TpMe J OP 11-29 of in 12" 1, The WSW Unt is 0- On WAM SOS 1 Volvo P, a c k to - 8 aC k Ct Lk r� W ky ayW*!,-in:-g T�its sec n.� of �vvelve 2 k YWCA busAs hyriyak bt-a• -.-.onzc And pamod unit yp"n 6SUN Won! not ANNe vpcq spe(,kll styu<AtTtes Wba snows. 20" aw SONY moms My At t)e Pull Box (Top Hat) or IzDming mak feeds 1W bus ?AV Connectows. RA tows wa shiMm 127 155 co 24" Nor 20" on 07 2. , , :f:', . i , L,'s tem. EvA pA tx, has aQ opa? b0b= As ww" L?�e th-,- CAM be toned tu py"MPASO Was Re toy has NOM: 1111cen: NACC set tons ni yNn n Ige conWnup hanmW Wing Mah sons Wx rww Und Cphwis Fixed Mounted Units a r,,. Tpone than insvAed to vylva.; i,��s siz,-j".., -f;F 10117 V UPS W. fixf,""J r"n, nos an awbbie. 6' L-,,uz> by sumben who th� ur�il, W�; low An be SNOW shna we uy of we WO VAK Wma N.S. or Special units =4 und an A hand nu sT amonn War Ssman UL PNOMMe. Figure 9 - Sink space with d6orgaskei ar;gle ii4eimediate angle). 4 E3. Siruclural Rabri, gs And exceeds UP& On& sow"We A gaul Squctural Gatiqe'Chan Sit Sheet .7 12 .............Y& ................ ...... .7 Y& ............. .......... !4 ..... .. . . ........ ............ ........... ................ I ... I ... A 3 qn. ........... ....... ... ...... SWH MOW 10 Lot r Run i sue Emaw Pow 14 1, E.,jiclsire Types 14ENAA I (Standard! INS QW, thy EMEMIal MY, wev *0 AX Pmunpi nPA" 1009 to NEMA 12. NEMA I GaAewd Front, General Pwj-.iw',e— Indoor jjos nrq,;uw q%t yn pas uo"s NEMA 1 =,I On 4M CA Be EMAMWO I gnowni. son Mys am pwg"C� of day'. NEIMA 2 - DriP-PrOat - IndOOr On awhswz"1 Ris MOP A VENY 1 -ibd 1 Wound Ps te is wyod Pon hw�t 777-77777=.. NEA.,M 313 - Rainproof -..Outdoor ...... . .. ....... e a c Y. Bus and 13us Brac�ng and l3k,", Macing Norzonta! Wain) uu' Figure 11 - Vertical Bus Barrier with. Stab Holes and Stab Hole Covers. Optional vertical ground bus with unit ground terminations is also shown. Vertical Bus d' si?J x S: 0*2 A, 09011 ' ! 4;- .Figure', Neutral Bus m Figure 14 - HofizontaLlvertical ground bus connections. Figure 15 - MLO Vertical 600A 42K Figure 16 - MLO Horizontal 600A 42K Max 1 Bus Drawings Available Locations Of Ground And Full Length Neutral Section Neutral Ground Typical CD ABCD With Vertical Ground Bus C AC Main Lug Only CD BCD Main Disconnect CD BCD Service Entrance C ABCD Note: a Location B and D is available on 21 " deep back to back structures only. s When continuous (full length) neutral bus is specified, it must be located in the bottom of the structure. Full length neutral bus requires that the ground be located in the top of the sturcture. The standard location is C. 0 Bus Mounting Dimensions Distance from 20 Front Edge to 3- G o Horizontal Bus AMP D 600 10 800 97/8 1200 91/2 1600 91/8 2000 8 90 72 1 Ye Front View All dimensions are shown in inches unless otherwise specified. r M aIM A t B Horiz. Bus c cn o ti Cr C D o a Figure Side View Figure 17 2t 20 9Vz1 I I 13/ 1 I Dist. to 3 /,e gnd. bus p I I I I 3 9 9 I -Y41 L41P12Ve I I c N T N07L rN I I I I I I I I Ground or neutral I I I I I I I � I I 244 4 x 2�7VI r7Y,+j t " wide 4 Y." 2" wide 3'/." x }7' 3/32 Distance Dist. to 1 round 91/32 neutral bus bus Side View 18 Typical Stab -On Connections For Back -To -Back Sections Bus Drawing Ate{ 1 3� I i I- 600 A Vert. Bus f Front —C: Rear Figure 19 (Typ ) 21 (TYp) Z4", (TYp ) Dia1.109 (Typ.)ia. (Typ.) 23/16 Figure 20 Mounting Of Single And Double Bus Bars Horizontal bus insulator suppc' Bus 1 I I I Secr. A -A W1500A '�I , '� J' 300A Figure 21 All dimensions are shown in inches unless otherwise specified. Qty. / Phase Amp Size 600 (1) 1 /4 x 2 800 (1) 3/8 x 2 1200 (2) 1/4 x 2 1600 (2) 3/8 x 2 2000 (4) 3/8 x 2 Sect. A -A W11200A 1600A Vertical Bus Dimensions and Availability D Vertical Bus Available Structures Amp Rating Size 15 20 20B/B 300 3/8 X 3/4 X X - 600 3/8 X 1 1/2 X X X Bus Bar Phase l Horizontal Bus Link 1 (for joining two sections in the field). I Lt L2 L3 Figure 23 Ground LI L2 L3 Lt L2 L3 Front View Figure 22 I�1 I i .I I• i i I I C I I I ° I I I I I �I • I LY21 L1 Typ. L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 0 0 % I Ternlilv,300n Ananoenlell'S jpcomkiq Lime Lugs (NOY fit jow: I aire quWh'-1" I �' I, j d Unit Totj AsseW -VAY R cl Irx0ming" Dim. A Height Dim. B sw= Ohm C (A.X) cable size So o .. ... ........ ... ........ ...................... .......... ............... ........ . ....................... ..................... ........................ .. ....... ............... ............. ..................... . .......... ............... .. . ........................................ .. ............... . .................... .... ................. .......... ....................... ................. ...................... ....... ....... ...... ........... ... ............... . .. t;Dp .......... ............ ......... ............ ................. .......... .. ............ .......... ............................ .......... ................. ............................. ............... ............. .............................................................................. ...................................... ................. .................................. .. . .............................. ........... ....................... .................. ............ . ..................... .................. ............ .................. . ......... ..................... .......... ... ... ...... .. ... . . ... .. ... . .. . . ..... .. . ..... . .. ... .. ... ... ... ... .. �tv 72 Incoming Line Termination Arrangements Main Lugs Only 6--20---wl Figure 25 �C A 6—20 --.! Figure 29 A �- 20 —•I Figure 26 All dimensions are shown in inches unless otherwise specified. I.- 20 —1 Figure 27 12 8 C A B I.— 30 --�1 Figure 31 c 6— 20 --'J Figure 28 �t 4 Incoming Line Termination Arrangements ;= a{ Main Circuit Breakers - 80% Rated 4` Thermal magnetic molded case type breakers are used for mains in the MCC. .t Circuit Breaker Incomingt Fig. Ref. Wire Bendingt Total Assembly Required Unit . Frame/MaxTrip Location Cable Size Next Pg. Space —Dim. A Height —Dim. B Space —Dim. C £ 125A/125A Top Qty = 10 #3 - 3/0 CU/AL 32 14 24 12 ?" 125A/125A Bottom Qty = 1 10 " #3 - 3/0 CU/AL 35 8 24 18 250A/250A Top City = 1 #6 - 350MCM CU 33 15 30 18 250A/250A Bottom Qty = 1 al #6 - 350MCM CU 36 15 36 30 400A/400A0 Top Qty = 2 3/0 - 500MCM CU 33 15 30 18 ; 400A/400A0 Bottom Qty = 2 3/0 - 500MCM CU 37 15 42 36 600A/600A0 Top Qty = 2y. x 3/0 - 500MCM CU 33 15 30 18 600A/600A0 Bottom Qty = 2 #` 3/0 - 500MCM CU 37 15 42 36 1}a 800A/800A* Top Qty = 3 w #1 500MCM CU/AL 34 15 48 36 800A/800A**9 Bottom Qty = 3 #1 500MCM CU/AL 38 22 54 48 1 1200A/1200A* Top Qty = 4" >a 250 - 500MCM CU/AL 34 16 48 36 5 1200A/1200A**O Bottom Qty = 4 of 250 - 500MCM CU/AL 38 22 54 48 $ 1600A/1600A** Top Qty = 4 300 - 600MCM CU/AL 39 16 90 72 1600A/1600A** Bottom Qty = 4 300 - 600MCM CU/AL 40 16 90 72 2000A/2000A** Top Qty = 6 =' 300 - 600MCM CU/AL 39 19 90 72 ? 2000A/2000A** Bottom Qty = 6 300 - 600MCM CU/AL 40 26 90 72 r" Space in rear of structure not available. r: Entire rear of structure not available. Optional lugs available. Contact factory for size and rating. 0 15-25A Lug size 12-10AL• 14-10CU. 30-100A. 10-1/0 CU-AL yY �z 80OA-1200A not available in back to back bottom mounting. id Q Stab opening at bottom of unit not available in rear. �S f< i 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Incoming Line Termination Arrangements Main Circuit Breakers - 80% Rated L 20 —J Figure 32 6--20-1 Figure 37 F L B c L 1- 20 -J Figure 33 B 0 A 6-- 20 —�I Figure 38 L 20 —.! Figure 34 All dimensions are shown in inches unless otherwise specified. 1 A e c 1 L 20-� L20-� Figure 35 Figure 36 12 12 C C B e A 6 6 1�-- 30 —" �— 30 " Figure 39 Figure 40 OR Incoming Line Termination Arrangements +`t {r. Main Fusible Switches Main fusible switches consist of the following: • 60 to 200A Siemens-Furnas switch and class R fuse clips. • 400 to 600A Siemens molded case switch and class R fuse holder. • 800 to1200A Siemens molded case switch and class L fuse holder. Fusible Disconnect Incomingt Fig. Ref. Wire Bendingt Total Assembly Required Unit �. Switch/Clips Location Cable Size. Next Pg. Space -Dim. A Height -Dim. B Space -Dim. C 60A/30A or 60A Top Qty = 1t #14 - #14 CU/AL 41 14 24 12 60A/30A or 60A Bottom Qty = 1 #14 - #14 CU/AL 46 8 24 18 10OA/100A Top Qty =1 #14 - 1/0 MCM CU 42 13 30 18 10OA/100A Bottom Qty = 1 #14 - 1/0 MCM CU 47 7 30 24 20OA/200A Top Qty = 1 #6 - 350MCM CU 43 16 42 30 20OA/200A Bottom Qty = 1 #6 - 350MCM CU 48 10 48 42 40OA/400A0 Top Qty = 2 3/0 - 500MCM CU 44 14 48 36 40OA/40OA0 Bottom Qty = 2 3/0 - 500MCM CU 49 14 60 54 60OA/60OA0 Top Qty = 2 3/OMCM - 500MCM CU 44 14 48 36 60OA/600A0 Bottom Qty = 2 3/OMCM - 500MCM CU 49 14 60 54 80OA/800A Top Qty = 3 250 - 500MCM CU 45 13 60 48 80OA/800A Bottom Qty = 3 250 - 500MCM CU 50 22 90 72 120OA/1200A Top Qty = 4 250 - 500MCM CU 45 13 60 48 120OA/1200A Bottom Qty = 4 250 - 500MCM CU 50 22 90 72 ` Space in rear of structure not available. f Optional lugs available. Contact factory for size and rating Q Stab opening at bottom of unit not available in rear. r(S Syt`7 �t} 714 T; ::1 Incoming Line Termination Arrangements Main Fusible Switches A �IF B c i—T L c cL L e c :t CI i I{ L 20 L 20 20 L 20 L 20 A d Figure 41 Figure 42 Figure 43 Figure 44 Figure 45 r �I i2 c n n e o ^ I e c e B c 4— 20 —+ L 20 -J L 20 L 20 —J 4 20 .I i i d Figure 46 Figure 47 Figure 48 Figure 49 Figure 50 All dimensions are shown in,inches unless otherwise specified. e d_.. .... ._.._......_ Incoming Line Termination Arrangements Bus Link Bus Duct Connection Bus links are available for connection to existing System/89 Bus duct connections are supplied on request. They may MCCs. The following information is needed for each order: require a pull box or a special structure depending on the a.Style No. of existing MCC application. b. LH or RH connection to new MCC order Complete bus stub dimensions, bus run drawings, and spec- ification must be supplied. c. Ampacity of existing bus: e.g., 60OA, 800A, etc. d.Size of existing ground and neutral bus For Class 89 MCCs, a transition arrangement may be neces- sary. The same information must be provided. Available Space Drawings Blank section Horizontal Bus Compartment 1� 12 1� I Horizontal Bus 12 Compartment i 2 (Typ,)� 2 (TYp I tq'�I,. t9'fis- 191Yis Between Between side. Removeaele 72 sides 90 canter angle 90 72 18Y 16aG Clear clear9'Yc- open'N opening 17A Between 17% Between 9"ht 9t'6z angles angles 181•t tet4 Between Between hales Holes ti 6 LI I L 1 % 211 ---.I _E t' 15 In Deep 20 to D.- 40, 50, 60 --sl NOTE: For 30, 40, 50, 60 inch wide add 10, 20, 30, 40 inches to all width dimensions. Figure 51 21 in. Deep Bad to Bad Plug -In Unit Dimensions On units over 18' a Racking lever wider side barrier is assemb� used as indicated with with 90 pivot dashed line 0 11 V4' - 12 inch unit I I 17W - 18 inch unit i 231/4' - 24 inch unit 291/4, - 30 inch unit (Location varies Unit, 35V4- - 36 inch unit with size of unit). round 9 41 V4' - 42 inch unit Ground stab clip , (Optional) ; 47V4' - 48 inch unil i 511/4' - 54 inch unit 0 0, S7Vi' - 60 inch unit 0 ® �1 --A 6 h The distance thorn the plug-in unit back 777:� plate to the inside of 7Wie 14V4' the unk ooa is 8%*. 9' NOTE: The GND clip on the side is left in place even when adding GND stab, to allow for positive grounding in test position. Figure 52 Fixed Mounting Panel Dimensions iB� ❑ ❑ A 201, WIDE L • • 50" L 60" WIDE A Figure 53 Unit Space 20" W A B 30" W A B 40" W A B 50" W. A B 60" W A B 12 9 177/8 18 15 177/8 24 21 177/8 30 27 177/8 36 33 177/8 33 27112 42 39 177/8 48 45 177/8 54 51 177/8 60 57 177/8 69 69 177/8 70 271/2 70 371/2 70 471/2 70 571/2 Wireway Dimensions 2'G 90 O O Typ. door 15V4 width O O LO Optional 21/2' dia. wire thru holes 38.25 s inches Vert. wirewa (typ ) 4a/2 I 9 40.5 sq. In. Front 4 Vert. wireway door (typ ) I Shelf bracket 16 1 '/a 30 sq. In. _1 I Front Right Side View 15 In Deep Figure 54 All dimensions are shown in inches unless otherwise specified. v (Lift angle Typ. cross- sect'I front wireway O a Compartment top cover (typ.) Front — A/B C/D Rear C-10 wire 300A space - D91/8 600A A-4Ve 300A B— 3-% 600A Horizontal / wireways 30 sq. In. 4 L — 7'/z 4 - Right Side View 20 In. Deep Front Only Control Control f Unit Unit e Horizontal bus (typ.) v Q Rear i wireway _ same as I typical front !I ,i I� I� 7 ,l .I -� Front ■ �I Shelf bracket i' ;I ui I'. is ri I I _I Horizontal wlreways jl 30 sq.In. F 4 71/a 71h Base channel 3 x 11/■ (typ.) Right Side View Back 21 In. Deep 15 to 20 In. Deep Back to Back Front Only i; Figure 55 !I All dimensions are shown in inches unless otherwise specified. �l 8i Rear will accept6-12' unit modules. Same as front mil Back 21 In Deep Back to Back 72 Conduit Entry and Transformer Mounting Drawings Top Conduit Entry: 15"20"and Back -to -Back Rear top plate can be used for conduit on 20" deep MCC. Cables can then be run from rear to front through optional wireway holes to connect units- Openin9S with Removable Cover Plates (Typ.) Openings with Removable Cover Plates (TYR) —J- I (5) 2' Conduits I 6Y1e - — -- — — I 20 I Deep I Deep I (3) 4' Conduit• I I (J) 4' Conduits I or I (4) 3' Condults I 67- I or I (4) 3' ConduitsLl 67r Unit Unif 7 Door 17 Wireway Door Wireway Door Door Wireway Unit Door Door (3) V Conduits P. or Condults I Hortz. Bus — --- -- Back -To - Inspection IC 21 Back LC1 Cover -----— (3)4- Condults 6 . I or 1 (4) 3' Conduits I if 17 Wireway Door Door Figure 56 Bottom Conduit Entry: 15"20"and Back -to -Back j--20Mfg. Holes 1V2(TYPO 3 • 1Y2 (TYP-) i 20 y Vertical I I -�- Bus 17 19"/m / / 16"hc 17 Space Open for 1311/1, 1411/'s Space Open for 8"As Conduit Entry L Conduit Entry 3• o I• 3 0 --1234. 14!,� 5V2 —12-Y4 14Yx� 5Y2 Channel Sill Channel Sill �20 1'/2(TYP) Back -To -Back 3 o •o Vertical Bus Vertical Bus 17 E1MEUF-- 20'/. / 17V4I typical Space Open for 143/ JConduit Entry6 3 I 0 —i2V: 14Y2 I 5Y2 (— Remove bottom unit to pull wire. Channel Sill Conduit should not extend more than All dimensions are for reference and are subject to change. 21/2 inches above the floor surface. Not for use for construction. Figure 57 All dimensions are shown in inches unless otherwise specified. Wireway Auto Transformer Mounting And Bottom Conduit Entry Restrictions Size 2 - 4 Reduced Voltage Auto Transformers 17" 2# 21 .. ISI"O Auto/XFMR 9 ll SECTION A -A SEJCTION A -A Figure 58 Size 5 and 6 Reduced Voltage Auto Transformers 10" I5"D 6 ie L h--- 30 - W .1 SECTION C-C C Io" C 20"D 13 Q" F 30"W .I SECTION C-C Figure 59 All dimensions are shown in inches unless otherwise specified. FRONT V1EV - 30"W J FRONT VIEW FRONT VIEW Z 3^< • Y+�, Lighting Transformer Mounting And Conduit Entry Restrictions` 1 - 5 KVA Single Phase r a" 4" F -.7 20"D XFMR 13 ie l5"D XFMR 8 B L Ll SECTION A -A SECTION A -A Figure 60 71/2 - 15 KVA Single Phase � z 15"DMN aI L �20•'W--i SECTION A -A SECTION A -A Conduit entry is not recommended below 20-45 KVA single phase and all 3 phase lighting transformers. Figure 61 All dimensions are shown in inches unless otherwise specified. e FRONT VIEW FRONT VIEW —T NEMA 3R Structure Dimensions Width of opening 2� 2 i 1 1 LdL� 100 5 A Width of sections4 (see chart) Add both dimensions to width for complete section Add for Add for left end section right end section Front View Space for conduit entry Overall length (see chart) Top View 41 I � I I I I 951% I I I I 97 84% i I 0loll 37 451h Side View 116s Mtg. holes 614 15' Deep = MCC 9' 20' Deep a MCC 14' A D Remarks Note: 40 36 (2) 20" Sections 1. All dimensions given in inches. 50 46 (1) 20" & (1) 30" Section 2. Shaded areas indicate conduit entries. 60 56 (3) 20" or (2) 30" Sections 3. Bottom mounted transformers will reduce conduit entry 80 (2) 36 (4) 20" Sections space. Ref D63535 4. Vertical bus is 105/8" from bottom of base. 5. Bottom ground bus is 7/8" from bottom of base. 6. Drawings not for construction. For construction, obtain certified drawings from the factory. 7 Not available for back-to-back structures. All dimensions are shown in inches unless otherwise specified. Figure 62 Duplex Structure Floor Plan And Clearance Dimensions Dimensions Left -Handed "Structure" Right -Handed "Structure" Width Vertical Support (Mounting Location Panel Orientation A d t- Z0 « Cn B 1'0 Oer D D ° 0m N dc` 00kv~D �p a C Vm 4) °io mc�o d a D _ 'c 0 D ` mo2 UR E C c u 0D c = a Voo rn`m 0U o F C c 01 dcc 0 ` tc omAngle) oE 00 o°C G x a H LZc�+ N0a 0 U J w�re0 m0Width a 0 U - - Standard Standard 15 6.35 8.34 - - - - - - - - Standard Standard 20 6.35 8.34 - - - - - - - - Standard Inverted 15 8.85 10.93 - - - - - - - - Standard Inverted 20 8.25 10.93 - - - - - - - - Recessed Standard 15 9.25 11.20 - - - - - - - - Recessed Standard 20 14.25 16.20 - - - - - - - - Recessed Inverted 15 11.77 13.70 - - - - - - - - Recessed Inverted 20 16.75 18.70 - - - - - - 20 20 - - - - - 18 18 38.88 40 17 17 20 30 - - - - - 18 28 48.88 50 17 27 20 30 - - - - - 28 28 58.88 60 17 27 F PANEL-( STANDARD MOUNTING I PANES.'( INVERTED ) — r ( REAR COVERS I , —B—j M--E— LOPEN CLEARANCE t I BRACE INSTALLED) F OPEN CLEARANCE (BRACE INSTALLEDI STA{LOCINITION} SUPPORT D ARO� L {LOCATION} I MTG. ANGLES I MCC Door - Plexiglass Cutouts Dimensions MID -SECTION VIEW (ODWNUARD rWDLGN CDWARrXCNr AREA G Iz GG-3 ll IZ T T 3 le U A /// SPACE OPEN //// FOR //// -6 CONDUIT T T Zj Zi zi Zl I6 LEFT RIGHT M... 11-Q STRUCTURE~�- STRUCTURE Ho I�sNBI FLOOR PLAN Figure 63 Cutout Size Cutout Size Height of Door I (15" W Doors) (D) (20" W Doors) (D) B C 12" 5" H x 11.5" W 18" 11"H x 11.5"W 24" 17" H x 11.5" W 30" 23" H x 11.5" W A e 36" 29" H x 11.5" W 42" 35" H x 10.5" W 48" 41 " H x 10.5'" W 54" 47" H x 10.5"W 60" 53" H x 10.5'" W 66" 59" H x 10.5"W 72" - Figure 64 All dimensions are shown in inches unless otherwise specified B C 5" H x 13.29" W 11" H x 13.29"W 17" H x 13.29" W 23" H x 13.29" W 29" H x 13.29" W 35" H x 13.29" W 41"H x 13.29"'W 47" H x 13.29" W 53" H x 13.29" W 59" H x 13.29" W 65" H x 13.29" W FIGURE #1 - Bottom Ground Bus Restrictions FRONT I Ground 14„69' Bus 373mm A FRONT T 0.25' 6.35mm 9.5' 241mri BOTTOM VIEW BUS SIZE A SIDE VIEW 300A 3.75' 95mm 600A 3.25' 83mm FIGURE #2 - Bottom Neutral Bus Restrictions Neutral FRONT Neutral Bus — — — — — — Bus Pandult — — — — — — r- — 14.69' 373mm Pandult I FRONT 6.0' 2.5' 8.25' 5,25' 152mm 64mm 210mm 133mm BOTTOM VIEW SIDE VIEW NOTE, DIMENSIONS ARE NOMINAL AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITH❑UT N❑TICE A) RELEASED FOR PRODUCTION NEXT ASS'Y r " TOOL NO. ITYPE OF TOOL NW* lEfl, OWN Now Tmpurh � a of Slone--EwerAAubnmft% ba R Y nab be wW w h wV m.�, norOTHERWISE wtoi�d ID■d otm puln forDWG. �� AWm.� r�o DRAWN BY RWB SCALE N/A TITLE 15' DEEP GROUND AND NEUTRAL BUS CONDUIT STRICT ❑ N DATE- 12/12/00 CHKD BY, TOLERANCE UNLESS SHOWN XX OR XXX : AIS ANGULAR f 2' NO. D 7 9 6 4 0 REV. APPRD BY 80®nnlsno En ary a ° bmTisaw, On & F/Nl XSTD\D79\640001-A.DWG West ChlCap, IL SOIW16W STYLE] )K*)K)K I SHEET # 1 CODED TO PLANT LOCATIONEPDS) X JIOWA ICLIMCO JFEMSA CAD CAM DRAWING - D❑ NOT MANUALLY CHANGE SINGE L1 L2 L3 SEE NOTES 1L1 1L2 1L CKT, BKR, OR FU, DISC. 1L1 1L2 1L3 NOTES: A. TERMINALS AND WIRE PR❑VIDED ON 1211 30A, & 60A, CLASS "R" FUSIBLE DISC❑NNECT UNITS) 480V. & LARGER B. TERMINALS AND WIRE PR❑VIDED ON ALL 6" UNITS, C, TERMINALS AND WIRE PR❑VIDED ON ALL 1211 UNITS WITH HHED BREAKERS (SEE NOTE "E"), D. TERMINALS AND WIRE PR❑VIDED ON ALL 121' BREAKERS WITH C-H CURRENT LIMITERS. E. ALL 70 AMP TERMINAL REQUIREMENTS IN 12'1 DUAL UNITS MUST USE LOAD BLOCK M❑UNTING BRACKET D67700083. F. WHEN USED WITH MOD DIAGRAMS HAVING CONTROL TERMINALS, MOUNT CONTROL TERMINALS ABOVE LOAD TERMINALS FOR 1211 FEEDER OR ON BOTTOM PLATE FOR 121' DUALS, K) ADDED NOTE F D) ADD '6' OR ' IN THE NOTE A. G) ADD NOTE 'C' AND NOTE 'D' CN 38369 CN37597 9-1-99 N.A. CN 37993 VK 4-9-01 DMD 7/5/00 B) ADD CLASS R 6 12' TO NOTE A. E) ADD NOTE 'B', CLARIFY NOTE 'A' H) REMOVED NOTE 'C' ADDED FDR TO DWG. NO. CN 37631 CN 38088 CN36513 SHERROD 11/25/96 CN 11/09/99 TLC 09-14-00 C) UPDATED TITLE BLOCK F) ADD- '480V. 6 LARGER' TO NOTE 'A' J) ADDED NOTES 'C' 6 'E' CN 36626 CN 37689 CN 38191 MJT 5-15-0-00 253 CAD CAM DRAWING NG- D❑ NOT MANUALLY CHANGE L1 L2 L3 DUAL I,/ W ,, 1 2 CKT, BKR. CKT, BKR, OR OR FU, DISC. FU- DISC, 1L1 1L2 1L3 2L1 2L2 2L3 SEE NOTES 1L1 1L2 1L3 2L1 2L 2L coJB®m®� LSD® Co3 / .laul4l�J111111dUW1O0�y ��li�o DRAYN BY, DATESCALS' N/A TITLE, i-2o-92 FEEDER WIRING DIAGRAM W6$t Ctllcag0, IL 60185-1855 J CHKD BYE WK �,fER wISE SHpVN DYG. NO• NEXT ASS'Y APPRD BYtXXX WK aXX OR R XXX *2M5. D68500FDR RE K TOOL N0. TYPE OF TppLlbb ba10°" 'dp°p°1d'a«n � moya "mft% � Rbro to F/N X+\STD\D68\500FDR-K.DWG be uMd or nptoduad In wWlgo. m nor wbnrtled b uWaew p�eOM lb aoanikNllon wrho�R pbr aPParr d 8femM1� FJ1�1Qj/ 6 NAonrtlon, M1O� STYLES 8 9 B / 9 5 + SHEET R 1 xa mom CODED TO PLANT LOCATIONCSY EPD X ; IOWA CLIMCO FEMSA J ® a a ■ I A ---I a I a I a 1 a. a a I CAD CAM DRAWING - DO NOT MANUALLY LHANUL LL at CONTROL DEVICES I CONNECTION DIAGRAM BY CB 08/%/OZ L1 L2 L3 Y_YN Y 1 STAB J J J 1 1 TO TBI 47 UN.O FA J Cl 2 2 TO TB/ 01H1 UN (L1) (L2) (L3) 3 3 TO TBI47 UN.O FA 1CB 4 4 TO TBf O1H1 UN.004FA T1 T2 T3 J cl J D m 0 NNNN JJ JJ J L1 L3 0 Q m U 1VM NC 0 NO 1A v N D D a o._ cn * U-L 1CPT x X2 0_ U N 't N X loo ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM 101 102 103 1 104 Li 105 L2 106 L3 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 , 122 123 1 1 VMCR 2 2 3 3 VMCR 4 4 124 13 1914 23 1924 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 Siemens & Furnas Control Products DATE, 02 Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. , West Chicago, Illinois C,BOCANEGRA THIS PRINT IS THE CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF SIEMENS 6 FURNAS CONTROL PRODUCTS. IT IS NOT TO BE USED APPRD BY, OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, NOR SUBMITTED TO ANY OTHER PARTIES FOR EXAMINATION WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL OF SIEMENS 6 FURNAS CONTROL PRODUCTS. CODED TO PLANT LOCAT I ON(S), IEPD X 1CPT WITH PHASE MONITOR UOY2SW6 1 OF 1 ►v r-1JIf1e0III Eilk I t��Pj1s ■ A \ 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 Li �� 1 107 L2 108 L3 >--1�3 109 110 112 113 114 _ 115 0100 Tr. 116 117 0100 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM CAP 1FUC 1PFCC LLi T1 I -(L1 2FUC T2 I �L"' 3FUCI L3 T3 1- 70 4 L _ _ SEE K2 SHEETS 0 CU c�No c�a o cV 1MTR o q J 3(T2) M (T3) J PUMP CALL o � o \ O ¢ z zci c � Y a x q CL W FROM TELEMTRY U w a z W w a - Nw~MU H O C v c or"ao O OL v .-- CL cx 3c= ,..I F- L LJ ,N O a p' C O .0 HN d� J PUMP CALL O� F u F Z U Q 36) o H d p� r- d -a Z wF:z J= v wrizaa a�-zz� d 35) C >` U �sA j=z4 oU 132 v U ¢� ucxzn PUMPREADY LLJy aw zari i A SIGNALTO 24N TELEMTRY C --ww �J C3 --� _NZ R7 N N ISOLATION N O SET FOR 5 SEC N a z a > Z v':D N =a -.5 < Q (n , ISOLATION CONTACTOR ELASPED TIME (HOURS) CAPACITOR CALL 80 8&R3 24N 24N 13 3 14 BYPASS CONTACTOR PUMP FAIL POWER CORRECTION CAPACITOR CALL START COUNTS 233 CR4 24N 24N q2 43 4 44 1M FAULT (35 53(36) NOTE:1 KEY OPERATED SWITCH NOTE: 2 PUMPS 4 WIRES TO 04FA OF MCC-B 1 1 ■ 1 r 1 ® I t i If i-- w b PUMP REQUIRED (H1 01N1 „r H2 O1N1 (3� `LJ 0100 0100 PU P RUN (H1 H2 O1N1 2LT 01N1 X- 9 o (3 � _2 oloo 0100 PUMP AIL ALARM (H1 01N1 3LT H2 01 N1 11 (3� 0100 (DOOR MTD) ALARM RESET 0100 r2T 18 0100 1 2PB 2 HAND OFF AUTO 0100 ,,1 2 0100 1 i 0100 ��o-4 3 (33 104)I 24N X c S o- * 132 BYPASS SOFT START 8 1 2 9 8 (2jjj24)1 4---.o II(3 60 4 (4311c, ), 2SS CAPACITOR OFFS TO 0100 3SS" 1-3 E-STOP 0100 I 2 47 1PB RTM 9 1 2 01N1 Ll L2 L3 YYY1ST'B J � M J J J J (Ll) (L2) (0) 1CB T1 T2 T3 JJ �� JJ p2L1 (L1 i 0 1 H 1 an. v� 1M * 04 M 1CPT 0401N1 .r o0 (V) (W) Q (3) (13) CAP 1(2) (T1) (T2) (T3) If N N i Q 3L1 00 1-:,-- GG o0 00 00 a co a) N yy D N m m N �• _D w cn (A (0 CO rw_oo w NZZ W 00 00 00 00 O G10O O OO 0 0 0 N D f n + N 0 0 p 0 SIEMENS SIRIUS 3RP15 TR1 OFF -DELAY 3RP1540-1B+ 0 �D 0 0 czi rn p oNo I z z 0 o 0 0 0 N D J n 0 0 O 0 SIEMENS SIRIUS 3RP15 TR2 OF -DELAY 3RP1540-18+ rn 0 0 0 czi rn 0 co I 00 z z o 2L21 120 CONTROL X1 POWER RUN #1 COIL Al RUN #2 COIL B1 KICK START COIL RUN #1 INSTANT 13 CONTACT NO RUN #1 OFF DELAY 17 CONTACT NO 18 RUN #2 INSTANT CONTACT NO RUN #2 OFF DELAY CONTACT NO FAULT CONTACT NO FAULT 31 CONTACT NC 3E IS UP TO VOLTAGE CONTACT NO :; (T2) T3 13L21 130 01H1 01H1 O1N1 01N1 01N1 O1N1 01N1 01N1 0100 0100 100 23 23 24N 24N 0100 40 0100 40 41 41 47 47 80 80 132 132 24N 24N 18 24N 18 24N 01N1 OSN1 01N1 O1N1 00 0 00 ? 18 9 �97) �95) 9 I- (A) 3B C 10L 198) [96) N Z w N A N v i � ' N ^Ti p i tm,+ co N J N 00 N Gzz w 00 00 J 00 0 � 0 0 N D + n U 0 0 (7 0 SIEMENS SIRIUS 3RP15 TR3 ON -DELAY 3RP1525-18+ n Z p Z l � o -A _ll00 J OZ 0 00 O O O O_ O_ 0 O M 00 00 NN co 00 cnc) rz- v04v v � N M M U U U it a0 ZZ Z� co co ZZ O O N O O 11 N M 0404 - N - - N 04 N M 1 1 N Q Z Z N 0 U ¢ x N w o Z o cz) sq CR o C-3 w to N � w _ OOR7WOQ Z CL c oro �C3 01-- O y OZ=m 0 C O .0 0 Q" -1 U zQ a cz J p o m�zz aU L y U 0 x0 F- s. c a wiLa q� W z0x (lw- °� c3 01. Con u c E Z11 � m (n or v� E M Q (n �.a�ca �I � - •_ __ �_._._._... ..___�. �___-- .�_�.. �----� ._ -ten ...._._._._.. .. ... ..� ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM 100 CAP 1FUC 1PFCC 101 L1 TI 12fUC (I 102 L2 T2 T� 3� FUG J• 103 55 T3' I Z� I > 104_SEE K2 SHEETJ l05 t OL o 1 C8 ; 32 33 1 M, A4 : z lf7 1 1L1 X1 X2 ISO 106 (.) ( ) ;t: 2L A.0 L1 -r ni i 4'1t17.-HORII l2 ' 7iL2 rr > 4 t.1CT L2 2 r 2L2' (. )) BUS (X1') (X2) :'1 L3 L3 3 .2CT 36 L2 2 (n p Y- J :N -. as C3 N ,: o ;, L3 T3 L3 — T3 ` .. (T3) 15 BYPASS 110 3L.1 � o T1 (0) (1-2)L1 3L2 111 CONNECT L2 T2 112 VOLTAGE I 1 30 AS SPECIFIED L3 T3 Ce i13 PER NAMEPLATE 0 .45 cti w SEE N07E2 O Z 114 E-STOP VMCR O1H1 1CPT o -� - o 115 47 47 O1H1 O1N1 01N1 � Co as A 1 2 1 X2 ao U ad W 116 1 PB _ 40 41 CR1 41 PUMP CALL N U ti 117 0100 Al A2 FROM TELEMTRY :3 H _ CR1 PUMP RE UIRED o c Li 118 0100 1 a 13 1 14 A H2 o >_C3,aco rr,-aoc HAND OFF AUTO 2 `- 120 1M cc o �ti ? oCR2 2 g (-1-9) I( PUMP CALL m= -J�z 121 (96) Vf .6 0 i �i i J = 122 (231�i24) CR 1 3 10L v W vi a nc Q�� d U 43 44J 95) T cy't a= a u 123 (33 (34) 132 132 v c V PUMP READY L'- oc z w 0 a s Z A 124 1 SS 24N W 24N SIGH h 3 nc z o W o �JII C E NgV1N C.JJ Q� 125 CR2 4 (34) TR1 OFF �/► 4) 13 14 2SS Al + DELAY A2- ISOLATION SET FOR 5 SEC ^ N O< .J a �i a a a J Z 126 20 i m H�Of=CL Q 127 BYPASS 5 TR1 in .+goa 128 A13 A14 15C 18N0 II U-F(16NC) 129 TR 1 ISO 7 Z 130 ISOLATION CONTACTOR 25C 28N0 Al A2 131 CR2 (2 TR2 ON Q 132 86NC) D PUMP CONTROL VALVE SET FOR 15 SEC 23 24 AlY (A2 20 133 (A3+) l� 134 CR2 TR3 OFFill Z 9 DELAY CONTROL VALVE LOGIC �--+ 33 11 34 135 20 A 1 + A2- SET FOR 5 SEC 3 0100 0102 0102 TR3 Q 136 15C 18NO CR3 01030103 <1 Al A2 PUMP CONTROL VALVE136 CR3 137 (16NC) PUMP CONTROL 24N 136 43 � 44 24N 138 CR3 AL PEN 3 10 13 14 3 (2) H2 139 U 140 TR3 BYPASS SOFT START RTM Q 11 12 141 ELASPED TIME (HOURS) Q 25C 28N0 11 12 1 2 142 3 (26NC) I CR4 7171 CR4 24N 2 4 N U � CAPACITOR CALL 33 34 Al A2 143 ALARM RESET TD4 42 144 20 (X1) (23J-LJ�24) 13 1 2PB 2 9 2SS N0TE:1 DEvrr LAY A1+ A2- 11 145 CR4 UP TOIVOLTAGE BYPASS 146 BYPASS CONTACTOR 13 11 (47)159(48) Al A2 4214 im 147 FAULT 14 PUMP RUN 148 (37)159(38) H2 (2) 149 150 10L 14A CR5 01 N1 PUMP FAIL 22 22 CR5 24N24N 97 0 98 Al A2 43 50 44 151 CR5 P P L ALARM 152 13 R 5014 (2) 153 0104 010s TR2 0104 01N1 154 15C 18N0 PUMP CONTROL CAPACITOR 1 1 VALVE SOLENOID 155 OFFS TO (16NC) i CR4 CAP 1911 15 156 POWER CORRECTION 3 r jt 4 23 24 V W 3SS 42 CAPACITOR CALL 157 BYPASS 16 1CNT 158 B14 B13 3 4 START COUNTS 4 FAULT 159 TR5 1 M (35)159(36) 160 17 15C 18NO A2) Rvss(A1 1 2 161 (16NC) TR4 18 TR5 ON DELAY 162 15C 18N0 Al NOTE:1 KEY OPERATED SWITCH 163 4 NOTE CC -A TO WIRES ♦ 16NC ( ) A3+ ( ) PUMP 3S WIRES OF MCC-B r` �o � a PU P RUN (H1 H2 O1N1 6LT O 1 N 1 x 12 (3 �2_T 0100 0100 PUMP AIL RM (H1 :72A OIN1 7LT O1N1 x 14 1o�� (3 l_2 0100 0100 PUMP CONTROL VAL PEN (H1 01N1 1LT H2 O1N1 x 10 (3 �O(-2T 0100 0100 PUMP RE UIRED (H1 O1N1 H2 5LT OlN1 x I (3 ��2_T 0100 0100 (DOOR MTD) ALARM RESET 0100 20 0100 1 2 2P8 HAND OF AUTO I � I 0100 0100 3�� I ( . 2 I I I 0100 230 3 1(33AX34)1 24N 4--0 SSo-�l 132 BYPASS SOFT START 11 1 2 I 12 (234)1 " 13 4 � 1iIf 6 4 —L 2SS� CAPACITOR OFF AUTO � 0100 13Ss4J 19(4) E-STOP 0100 1 2 47 1PB RTM 12 12 1 2 01N1 1CNT ^ ^ ^ B 6 B � ZZ O O TO HORIZ. BUS (L1) (L2) (L3) 1CB T 1 TNy2NN T3 ^7j Ml �J 34(X 1) X 1) 2CT (X2 35(X2) 36(X1) X1) 3CT (X2 37(X2) 32(X1) X1) 1CT (X2 33(X2) 2L1 2L2 (L.2) 01H1 as � N � M 1CPT 04 x 01N1 J J J to zz 00 (V) (W) q (3) (B) CAP 1(2) (T1) (T2) (T3) 3L1 N M t Ln 7- U T N N v c, �.r z z N O if W 00 0 O O o ^ w N D co O O � N f^ D N N (mid Ln cn NN W 00 W GZZ W 00 00 A U0o co 0o cn cn � 0 1c) SIEMENS SIRIUS 3RP15 TR1 OFF -DELAY 3RP1540-18* 0 � 0 n rn m I n O M M 2' � N N Z Z O O 0 W 0 N D + 0 (r 0 0 0 SIEMENS SIRIUS 3RP15 TR2 ON -DELAY 3RP1525-lB* a, 0 0 0 0 0 m 0 coco I n 0 � V00 O 00 Z Z Z Z O O O O O O O_ O 00 00 30 00 00 N N M M M ^ � M � v v N Q� L) If T__cw�a}lit, d 0o rn Z Z 00 CONTROL X1 20 20 POWER 011N1 1M RUN #1 COIL Ol 17N1 Al 01N1 RUN #2 COIL 01 N 1 81 KICK START COIL RUN #1 INSTANT 13 CONTACT NO RUN #1 OF DELAY 1 CONTACT NO 18 RUN #2 INSTANT 22 CONTACT NO 24 RUN #2 OF DELAY 27 CONTACT NO 0100 FAULT 3 CONTACT NO 0400 FAULT CONTACT NC 20 UP TO VOLTAGE CONTACT NO 12 12 3L21 130 CriCC-1 -I N 00 N Gzz Cr++ 000 �J NOO W D N _ U + U � 0 0 C7 0 SIEMENS SIRIUS 3RP15 TR3 OFF -DELAY 3RP1540-1B* rn 0 0 0 0 0 rn 0 m I n O 01H1 01N1 01N1 01N1 01N1 0100 0100 0100 0100 01021 0103 0104 01N1 01N1 22 24N 24N 24N 24N 0100 41 47 71 132 136 ti b cv cv o � 0 wc o �:, L'-I :zU U - m x d W y ci O L �':o li N H H ^ N I.. PWoq� OP-nO z o O �aa a "-' CpL U Ll +- O C O • C O 3 CL J U z v o �� _m a_ i o'L ZZA=<.e oU LL LL) c w UC3 X as z C7� z 0-1 C 3 NF-gNN U Q C y (/1 z�gm N G Q J azaa> Z "L 0 (n is �.sooa Q 0o W 41 o � :A rn 0o z F, w 00 q(97) (95) v(L1) (�) (L3) T1 10L I(98) (96) (Tl) (T2) (T3) DOD o W W Cn V � N D Ln + Ln Ln 0 0 O 0 SIEMENS SIRIUS 3RP15 TR4 OF -DELAY 3RP1540-18* 0 0 0fl, ONi 0allo 0 O o co CD _ 00 �2 0 O M^ v M v O � Z Z N �; O O 0 � N D + n 0 0 LT n 0 SIEMENS SIRIUS 3RP15 TR5 ON -DELAY 3RP1525-lB* n 0 rn cc 0 0 0 coo I o 0 0 O O O ^ N N M M ^ v v 17-- i7n) 1 01 d U ON In N Z Z N co 0 RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. 300 Simon Street SE, Suite 5 East Wenatchee, WA 98802 EN G IN E. E_R g P E R S L A N N (509) 886-2900 or (800) 720-8052 s °' E N r i s. s Fax: (509) 886-2313 TO: Omega Contractors, Inc. P.O. Box 430 Duvall, WA 98019-0430 Sent Via: US Mail WE ARE SENDING YOU THE FOLLOWING: Letter of Transmittal DATE: 10/1/02 JoB REN 101.032.05 ATTENTION: Mr. P6rdon Wagster E: North Ta bot Pump Station Rehabilitation & RECEIVE Other Water Facility Modifications ACT _ 3 200 Cu L N R s ON X Attached Under Separate Cover Via: Shop Drawings Prints Plans Samples Specifications Copy of Letter Change Order Submittals COPIES DATE NO. DESCRIPTION 2 9/25/02 Submittal14a THESE ARE TRANSMITTED AS CHECKED BELOW: For approval Approved as submitted Resubmit copies for approval X For your use Approved as noted Submit_ copies for distribution As requested Returned for corrections Return _ corrected prints For your information Signature For review and comment For bids due: Prints returned after loan to us REMARKS: ICOPY TO: I J.D. Wilson, P.E., City of Renton VI SIGNED: I Mark Miller, P.E. I ExT: 15372 I 10101/02 436 PM JAdata\REM01-032105 - SDOTrans-100102-GWagster-submittal 14a.doc 300 Simon Street SE; Suite 5 East Wenatchee, WA 98802 509-886-2900 800-720-8052 Fax 509-886-2313 Project Submittal Review IN Nall. North Talbot Pump Station Rehabilitation & Other Water Facility Modifications Contractor. Omega Contractors, Inc. Submittal No: 14a Project No: REN 101-032 Subcontractor. S & B Inc. Submittal Date: 9/25/02 Rmimv ed ®y. DJ B ® Reviewed ❑ Rejected ❑ Revise and Resubmit Item(s)Reviewed and Comments: &veer: "97Z ❑ Furnish as Corrected Item Approval Action Comment Motor Control Center Reviewed Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with the requirements of the drawings and specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. The contractor is responsible for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordinating his work with that of all other trades, and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner. T:IDATAIREM101-0321Submittalslsubmittal #14a.doc Attn: J. D. Wilson, City of Renton Submittal I Transmittal North Talbot Pump Station Rehabilitation d Other Water Facility Modifications Omega Contractors, Inc. I PO Sox 430 I Duvall, WA 98019 I (425) 881-1697 1 (425) 883-4718 Fax Item covered by this transmittal M C Submittal No. Item covered by this transmittal Item covered by this transmittal Item covered by this transmittal Submittal No. Submittal No. Submittal No. ❑ First Submittal '!J Resubmittal Date Z D As Specified D Substitution RECEIVED SEP 3 0 2002 Comments: GtTry OF RENT& UTILITY SYSTEMS Date Received by Engineer: Engineer's comments: Date returned to Contractor, Iteviewed Revise and Resubmit Rejected ❑ Furnish as Corrected writ ions or comments made on the shop diawings during this review do not relieve contractor from annpliance witli mquimincits of the dinwings and specification s. 11is cheek is only for re.riew of general confnnuance witli Me design card)( of the project and general annplianc; wiUi lie infomnatinn given in the amhaet dixument,. 11C contractor is ms xmsible for: cmfonning and con -elating all quantities and dimeminns; selecting fabrication p wsscs and tc:hniques of amstruction; coordinating, his work with that of all other bade%; and ptufmining his work in a ssfe:>ud satisfac wy manner. Cite of Renton Tate Ry -- - — — RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. 300 Simon Street SE, Suite 5 East Wenatchee, WA 98802 „_. .... E„N_G 1 N. Ft S 5 A N Ni (509) 886-2900 or (800) 720-8052 I R g O 1 E N T i g T s Fax: (509) 886_2313 TO: Omega Contret6orss,, Inc. P.O. Box,430 Duvall, WA 98019-0430 Sent Via: U.S. Mail WE ARE SENDING YOU THE FOLLOWING: Letter of Transmittal DATE: 8/9/02 1 JOB NO.: REN 101.032.05 ATTENTION: Mr. Gordy Wagster RE: City of Renton - North Talbot BPS Submittals X Attached Under Separate Cover Via: AUG 12 2002 Shop Drawings Prints Plans SamplesJ1 LlrSRE Tp Specifications Copy of Letter Change Order Submittals COPIES DATE NO. DESCRIPTION 4 8/9/02 Submittal No. 13 (reviewed) THESE ARE TRANSMITTED AS CHECKED BELOW: For approval Approved as submitted Resubmit copies for approval X For your use Approved as noted Submit _ copies for distribution As requested Returned for corrections Return _ corrected prints For your information Signature For review and comment For bids due: Prints returned after loan to us REMARKS: COPY TO: I Mr. J.D. Wilson, P.E., City of Renton ✓ I SIGNED: I Mark Miller, P.E. I ExT: 15372 1 06/25/02 10:14 AM J:\datakR.EMIOI-032\Submittals\Trans-GWagster-submittaI 12.doc RLEA I N E E R S N N E R S N T I S T S 300 Simon Street SE; Suite 5 East Wenatchee, WA 98802 509-886-2900 800-720-8052 Fax 509-886-2313 Project Submittal Review ProjectNa e: North Talbot Pump Station Rehabilitation & Other Water Facility Modifications Contractor. Omega Contractors, Inc. Subcontractor. Submittal No: 13 Submittal Date: 08/06/02 Pr*dNa REN 101-032 ® Reviewed ❑ Rejected Items )Reviewed and Comments: Review ed fir. DJ B ❑ Revise and Resubmit ❑ Furnish as Corrected m Item Approval Comment Action Door frame, doors and door hardware Reviewed Provide interior door with window a specified in Section 8.3 C of the specifications. Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with the requirements of the drawings and specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. The contractor is responsible for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordinating his work with that of all other trades, and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner. J:ldata\REM101-032\Submittals\submittal #13.doc OPENING SCHEDULE Project: Architect: Contractor: Material Supplier: TALBOT PUMP STATION #1384 RENTON, WA Omega Contractors PO Box 430 Duvall, WA 98019 KRAUSE.& SCHEELAR, INC. 9289 151ST AVE. N.E. P.O. BOX 2018 REDMOND, WASH 98073-2018 FAX ) (206) 881-1697 FAX(206) 883-4718 (425) 883-1243 FAX(425) 885-6116 Prepared by: Richard Johnson Date: June 28, 2002 Rev: 07/24/02 Job Number: 533302 Manufacturers: BE BEST LOCK CORP. FLO FLORENCLIFF STAMP COMPANY HA HAGER HINGE COMPANY NOR NORTON DOOR CONTROLS PE PEMKO MANUFACTURING COMPANY TRI TRIMCO/BBW YA YALE SECURITY INC. ANE ANEMOSTAT PRODUCTS STC STEELCRAFT MANUFACTURING CO. KS KRAUSE & SCHEELAR Date: Revisions: 07/24/02 *1=REVISION: SEE JOB NOTES. --- GENERAL NOTES --- 1) Fabrication of the material on this schedule will begin only after formal approval by the architect. 2) All material will be marked with the opening number. 3) Installation of glass, glazing and hardware is by others unless other- wise noted. 4) When steel doors or frames are used in conjunction with aluminum or structural steel products, the doors and/or frames will be supplied at Steelcraft Standard locations unless otherwise noted. 5) The hardware locations indicated on the door and frame elevations are Steelcraft°s standard locations for "standard type" hardware only. Other hardware such as deadlocks, will be located at Steelcraft°s standard locations for that specific hardware. Panic exit devices will be located per the manufacturer's recommended locations. 6) Doors and frames will be reinforced for surface mounted hardware as required. Drilling and tapping for attaching of surface mounted hardware is by others. Doors and frames will be prepared and reinforced for mortised hardware. Holes for this hardware will be drilled and tapped at the factory except for trim mounting holes. 7) All doors and frames will be phosphatized and receive one coat of baked on prime paint. 8) All frames in masonry construction to be filled with grout. if anti -freeze additives are used in the mortar, the inside of the jamb members shall be coated with a bituminous asphalt material in the field by the contractor. 9) All frames will be furnished with three rubber bumpers per strike jamb for single frames or two per head for double frames. Bumpers will be omitted for those frames with ps074 weatherstripping. 10) All frames will be supplied with anchors as noted. 11) Frames bearing a fire label will not have an hourly rating (WH & UL). Doors will bear the hourly rating as required. ---------- ABBREVIATIONS ----------------------- --------- ABO = Aluminum by others WF = Wood Door Frame WBO = Wood by others WD = Wood Door B/O = By others SUA = Set up & arcwelded CO = Cased Open S/L = Sidelite Frame DA = Double acting WH = Warnock Hersey (See General F = Flush Note ill.) G = 1/2 Glass UL = Underwriters Laboratories (See N = Narrow Lite General Note ill.) PSRO= Plain Sliced Red Oak MVE = Matching Vertical Edge PGB = Paint Grade Birch SGB = Stain Grade Birch --- PAGE: A --- DOOR & FRAME NOMENCLATURE -------- FRAME EXAMPLE F 16 4 5 3/4 3070 (WH or UL When applicable) ------Door Opening Size (width & height) 30 = 310" wide 70 = 71V1 high ------------Jamb Depth (In Inches) ----------------Door Thickness 4 = 1 3/4" thk 8 = 1 3/8" thk -------------------Frame Series L 18 4 F 3070 (WH or UL When applicable) --�_______-Door Size _Door Type --------------Door thickness ------------------Door Series DOOR SERIES L 20 = Flush 20 ga. 1 3/8 or 1 3/4 L 18 = Flush 18 ga. 1 3/4 L 16 = Flush 16 ga. 1 3/4 L 14 = Flush 14 ga. 1 3/4 S 16 = Stile & Rail 1 3/4 MS16 = Medium Stile & Rail 16 ga. LS18 = Stainless Steel T 20 = ULB Temperature Rise 250 dg T 18 = ULB Temperature Rise 250 dg LF = Edge Seams filled in L series TF = Edge Seams filled in T series P20 = Rated Wood Door 20 Minute M60 = Rated Wood Door 60 Minute M90 = Rated Wood Door 60 Minute FRAME SERIES F 18 = Flush 18 ga. F 16 = Flush 16 ga. F 14 = Flush 14 ga. F 12 = Flush 12 ga. DW18 = Drywall Frame 18 ga. DW16 = Drywall Frame 16 ga. FN16 = Flush 16 ga. 1" face FN14 = Flush 14 ga. 1" face FE16 = Double Egress 16 ga. F.E14 = Double Egress 14 ga. 47C = Timely 18 ga. 4-7/8 throat DOOR HANDING CHART SINGLE DOORS PAIRS OF DOORS INSIDE INSIDE� INSIDE INSIDE 'i,� RH L DR DL ,J LH , �l RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND ACTIVE ACTIVE INSIDE� INSIDE � �NSIDE� � INSIDElL DRHR DLHR RHRB LHRB RIGHT HAND REVERSE BEVEL LEFT HAND REVERSE BEVEL RIGHT HAND REVERSE BEVEL LEFT HAND REVERSESEVEL ACTIVE ACTIVE *1=REVISION PER 7/15/02 CHANGES O1 - HANDING VERIFIED TO BE RHR, DEADBOLT DELETED- ADDED PASSAGE, DELETED PUSH, PULL. Job No: 533302 --- PAGE: A --- JOB: 533302 Proj: TALBOT PUMP STATION #1384 Loc: RENTON, WA Tag Nos. Opening Heading O1 01 02 02 03 03 I N D E X Architect: Contractor: Omega Contractors Page Keying Symb 1 2 3 Job No: 533302 --- PAGE: B --- HEADING 01 Key (ArchRef HW-01) Sym Opng/Tag Location Qty Item Description Hand Elev/Sht O1 ENTRY ROOM FROM ELEC ROOM RHR 1 F14 4 7-3/4 3070 1/A 1 GALVANIZED FRAME OVER 5-3/4 1 PUNCH AND DIMPLE EMA C/C 1 SUA 1 L18 4 F 3070 1/D 1 GALVANIZED DOOR 1 POLYURETHANE DOOR 1 LOPRO IS 24 X 36 1 1" INS. TEMP 23 X 35 ***** HARDWARE ***** Mfr Qty SubType Item Description Machining - 0.0 - *1=REVISION PER FAX 7/15/02 HA 3.0 EACH HINGE BB1168 4.5 X 4.5 US26D NRP BE 1.0 PASSAGE 93K-ON-15D US26D S3 NOR 1.0 CLOSER 7500M AL TRI 1.0 STOP F823X US26D FLO 1.0 SIGN` PUMP ROOM - 211, BLUE W/W FLO 1.0 SIGN` ELECTRICAL ROOM -211,BLUE W/W Job No: 533302 --- PAGE: 1 --- HEADING 02 Key (ArchRef HW-02) S ym Opng/Tag Location Qty Item Description Hand Elev/Sht 02 EXTERIOR FROM ELEC ROOM RHR 0 EXISTING HM FRAME 3070 1 L18 4 F 3070 1/D 1 GALVANIZED DOOR 1 POLYURETHANE DOOR 1 STEEL TOP CAP 1 MATCH EXIST FRAME LOCATIONS ***** HARDWARE ***** Mfr Qty SubType Item Description Machining HA 3.0 EACH HINGE BB1168 4.5 X 4.5 US26D NRP YA 1.0 EXIT 7100-36" US32D YA 1.0 TRIM AU626F US32D X LESS CYLINDER BE 1.0 CYLINDER 1E72 US26D NOR 1.0 CLOSER 7500M AL PE 1.0 THRESHOLD 172A 36" FHSL25 PE 1.0 SWEEP 315CN 36" PE 1.0 GASKET S88D 17' PE 1.0 DRIP 346C 40" TRI 1.0 STOP F823X US26D FLO 1.0 SIGN` ELECTRICAL ROOM -211,BLUE W/W Job No: 533302 --- PAGE: 2 --- HEADING 03 Key (ArchRef (ArchRef HW-02) Sym Opng/Tag Location Qty Item Description 03 EXTERIOR FROM PUMP ROOM 0 EXISTING HM FRAME 3070 1 L18 4 F 3070 1 GALVANIZED DOOR 1 POLYURETHANE DOOR 1 MATCH EXIST FRAME LOCATIONS 1 STEEL TOP CAP Hand Elev/Sht ***** HARDWARE ***** Mfr Qty SubType Item Description Machining HA 3.0 EACH HINGE BB1168 4.5 X 4.5 US26D NRP YA 1.0 EXIT 7100-36" US32D YA 1.0 TRIM AU626F US32D X LESS CYLINDER BE 1.0 CYLINDER 1E72 US26D NOR 1.0 CLOSER 7500M AL PE 1.0 THRESHOLD 172A 36" FHSL25 PE 1.0 SWEEP 315CN 36" PE 1.0 GASKET S88D 171 PE 1.0 DRIP 346C 40" TRI 1.0 STOP F823X US26D FLO 1.0 SIGN` PUMP ROOM - 2", BLUE W/W Job No: 533302 --- PAGE: 3 --- 1/D OPENING " WIDTH " N B '-3 /4n O w U z z w O cy z to cy d � w 1-0--- 3/8" ►� a Li L- -HINGES C STRIKE — ELEVATION I OPENING 2"1 WIDTH 2" N 1 N� 9-3/4" �- w C� j w 2 0 z_ z w n O r a � O I �100—�33/8 L WHINGES C STRIKE - DUTCH DOOR FRAME ELEVATION I 9— ■" 2" OPENING WIDTH 2" L CHINGES ELEVATION OPENING 2;f WIDTH N� ELEVATION 1. OMIT CENTER HINGE ON 1-3/8' THICK, 6' 8' NOMINAL HEIGHT DOORSi FOR DOORS OVER 7' 6' NOMINAL HEIGHT, 2 PAIRS OF HINGES ARE USED. THREE SIDED FRAMES VI��.S'� ® DRAWN BY ic� JAB ND, S333o2 SHEET ND.DATE 4-21-02- © All Rights Reserved APP. DWG. NM. 22 70/R9 TABS BENT I� FIELD A ) ivFL4� 8 !i -S�f3 CKD) CORNER DETAIL (F, FN & FS SERIES) ADJUSTABLE JAMB ANCHOR (DW & K SERIES) PATENTED ADJUSTABLE BASE ANCHOR (DW & LABEL K SERIES) rK-"'N II SWE 4' FACE HEAD CORNER DETAIL (K.D.) (F & FS SERIES) 0' to 1 3/81 ADJUSTMENT I'M ADJUSTABLE BASE ANCHOR FOR MASONRY OR STEEL STUD CONSTRUCTION (STANDARD FOR F, FS & MU SERIES) EXTENDED BASE ANCHOR FOR MASONRY OR STEEL STUD CONSTRUCTION (STANDARD FOR F, FS & MU SERIES) WEDGE LOCK CORNER QW, MU & K SERIES) PATENTED BEND TABS AROUND WOOD STUD WOOD STUD BASE ANCHOR (OPTIONAL FOR F & FS SERIES) FIXED BASE ANCHOR (STANDARD FOR FN SERIES OPTIONAL FOR F, FS & MU SERIES) HINGE STRIKE & SIDE HEAD NO. 8 X 1 1/2' I TIGHT CORNET S.M.S. (FOR WOOD SEAL OR STEEL STUD) BASE ANCHORING FOR K SERIES (NON -LABEL & 20 MIN, LABEL Although small amounts of oil based paint will not affect the weatherstrlp, we recommend that it not be painted. If frames are to be painted, the weatherstrip should be protected from paint, PS074 WEATHERSTRIP FRAME SECTION FLEXIBLE RIGID LEG LEG TYPICAL SECTION IFRAME DETAILS ®177S3302 -9 T6_z1,' APP. WIRE enlrwno eW R A P � BUTT C❑NDITI❑N C❑NDITI❑N J , (5 MULTI -USE FRAME N❑TESi 1.) ANCHORS FOR NON -LABEL & LABEL FRAMES UP TO AND INCLUDING 8'0' x 9'0' ARE SHIPPED LOOSE FOR FIELD INSTALLATION BY OTHERS. ALL OTHER UL LISTED FRAMES HAVE ANCHORS WELDED IN PLACE, 2,) FOR EXACT WALL CONDITIONS, SEE ARCHITECT'S PLANS, ANCHOR FOR EXISTING MASONRY WALL FURNISHED WITH F. H, MACH, SCREWS AND EXPANSION SHIELDS, 3/8-16 x 4' 0 w OPTIONAL WELDED -ON 11 1 A1V '1 N F-1 eWRAP e BUTT C❑NDITI❑N C❑NDITI❑N W v ADJUSTABLE ANCHOR ATTACHED TO FRAME 3) DIMENSION OF OPEN STEEL STUD MUST BE INDICATED, 4.) ANCHORING A, B, C, E, F, H & L SIMILAR FOR DOUBLE EGRESS FRAMES, ANCHORS FOR WOOD AND/OR STEEL STUD PARTITIONS ARE WELDED IN PLACE IN UL LISTED DOUBLE EGRESS FRAMES, DOOR FRAME ANCHORING DETAILS e�l�� ° ® DRAWN BY RT JOB NO, 1 5 333 0 z- I SHEET NO. C I DATE rc) All Rlohts Resarvad ter, ,,, •� .•r NOMINAL DOOR WIDTH 3/32" NET DOOR WIDTH _Ire"1 9-5/8" t - EQUAL NOMINAL DOOR HEIGHT ET DOOR HEIGHT EQUAL 9-5/8" 3/4" BOTTOM OF FRAME 1 ACKSET U T- 3 9/16" SEE NOTE 2 O ELEVATION 613/16" 613/16" 1 r r 8-7/32" FINISH GLASS HEIGHT D OT-4 5/8 ELEV ELEV B-7/3Y' EQUAL G EQUAL 3'-4 5/8" ELEV n � O GRILLE STAMPED 81.5 % Free Air Area 26 % Free Air Area Louver is equipped with 135' F. Fusible OM Link and Automatic Closing Mechanism. INVERTED'V' BLADE Louver FUSIBLE LINK Fixed: Free Air INVERTED 'V'BLADE 60 % Total Area (3/4 or 1-1/2 Hr. UL Door) 30% Free Air Area LOUVERS & GRILLES NOT RECOMMENDED FOR EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS 9 1/2" 9 1/2" V-11 13116" 3'-3 13/16" 3'-5 13/16" 3/16" E O 4'-9 1/2" T-7 1/8" I — j DUTCH DOOR ELEV ELEV LITE X Y Z 68 70 N1 4" 25 441/2 461/2 N5 5" 20 49 112 51 1/2 N3 3" 33 361/2 401/2 A ELEV 7 3/8" 2. —_r FINISH GLASS HEIGHT D _f OT-4 518" 1 L Steel Top Cap LjOptional 14 Ga. Closer Reinforcing (When required) Honeycomb Core 1 1 20 Ga. 18 Ga. 16 Ga. 14 Ga. or 1-3/g„ 14 Ga. or 1-3/4" 14 Go. - 1-3/4 S. M. Screw 16 Ga. - 1-3/8 Leaf Active ELEV OVERLAPPING ASTRAGAL Notes: 1. 1 Pair of hinges standard on 1-3/8" thick, 68" nominal height doors. 2 Pair of hinges on all doors over 76" nominal height 2. Dimension shown for lock prep, is for Gov't 160-4, 160, 161 and unit locks. When Gov't 86 lock is to be used (ANSI At 15.1) dimension to center of lock is 3/8" less than indicated. 3. 5/8" & 3/4" thick insulated glass uses trim similar to section E. 4. 1/2" thick insulated glass uses trim similar to Section D. [a] S. M. Screw 10 GA. - 1 W8 7 GA.- 1 3/4" _r 15/64" 20, 18, 16, OR 14 GA. 16 Gage Backset CYLINDRICAL LOCK PREP DOUBLE ACTING RECESSED TRIM DATE I DRAWN BY FULL FLUSH 'L' DOOR ELEVATIONS & DETAILS /_ (U- 02_ 2J SHEET b OF 01992 STEELCRAFT® S333oZ APP. RIINTEDINUSA All Rights Reserved V FULL MORTISE HINGES HALER Ball Bearing • Standard Weight • Template For use on Medium Weight Doors or Doors Requiring Average Frequency Service BB1279 Steel with Steel Pin ANSI A8112 BB1191 Brass. ANSI A2112 Stainless Steel with Stainless Steel Pin ANSI A5112 Five knuckle two ball bearings non -rising removable pin with button tip and plug. For Hospital type Specify Screw Requirements. prefix "HT° to catalog number Size Open (Inches) 31/2 x 31/2 4 x 4 41/2x4 4112 x 41/2 5 x 4 5x4112 5 x 5 6x41h 6 x 5 6 x 6 Gauge of metal .119 .129 .134 .145 .160 Number of holes 6 8 8 8 10 Machine screw size 112 x 10-24 1/2 x 12-24 1/2 x 12-24 1/2 x 12-24 1/2 x 1/4-20 Wood• screw size 1 x 9 11/4 x 12 11/4 x 12 1114 x 12 11/2 x 14 Box quantity 1 pr (2 ea) 11/2 pr (3 ea) 11/2 pr (3 ea) 11/2 pr (3 ea) 11/2 pr (3 ea) Pair in case 50 24 24 12 12 Average weight per case (Ibs) Steel -Stainless 66 43 55 37 57 Brass 72 47 60 40 62 Bail Bearing • Heavy Weight • Template For use on Heavy Weight Doors or Doors Requiring High Frequency Service BB1168 Steel with Steel Pin ANSI A8111 Brass ANSI A2111 Stainless Steel with Stainless Steel Pin ANSI A5111 Five knuckle four ball bearings non -rising removable pin with button tip and plug. Specify Screw Requirements. For Hospital type prefix "FM to cata- log number Size Open (inches) 4112 x 41/2 5 x 4 5x4112 5 x 5 6x4112 6 x 5 6 x 6 8 x 6 8 x 8 Gauge of metal 41 Mwo .190 190 Stainless Steel .190 Stainless Steel .203 Steel & Brass .203 Steel & Brass Number of holes 8 8 10 16 Machine screw size 1/2 x 12-24 1/2 x 12-24 1/2 x 1/4-20 112 x 1/4-20 Wood screw size 11/4 x 12 11/4 x 12 1112 x 14 11/2 x 14 Box quantity 11/2 pr (3 ea) 11/2 pr (3 ea) 11/2 pr (3 ea) 11/2 pr (3 ea) Pair in a case 12 12 12 6 Average weight per case (Ibs.) Steel —Stainless 35 44 Brass 38 48 70 67 Stainless 65 62 Furnished with screw hole location to conform to standards approved by (ANSI) A156.7-1988. Hinge testing conform to ANSI - A156.1-1988. 4A "EVER'YT -6ING HINGES ON HALER" Three additional features that are commonly used are the Non -removable Pin (NRP), the Safety Stud (SH) and our Reverse Security Stud (RSS). , _ _ �& ' Will The non -removable pin (NRP) has a small set screw in the _1 body of the barrel. This set 3 z 1 screw is tightened down against rt; T the pin. The pin has a groove d' rh in the position where the set s• f , screw makes contact, allowing the set screw to seat. The set screw is positioned so it cannot be reached unless the door is opened. If pin removal is necessary, the set screw is merely removed and the pin .tapped from the bottom in the usual The safety stud (SH) is another feature which places a stud on one leaf and a locking hole on the other leaf; when the door is :Jt closed, the stud is anchored r..1- i into the opposite leaf. Even if l l the hinge pin .is removed, the :. door is secure because the C + leaves are locked together. The reverse security stud (RSS) is a feature that has a stud projecting from the back of both leaves into the rein- forcing plate of both the frame and the door. It is intended to keep the hinge locked in place from abuse of battering or trying to shear the hinge and screws. This feature is primarily used in prisons and psychiatric areas. One important point must be made here. These features are intended as deterrents only. If someone wants to gain entry through a door badly enough, eventually they will get through. Another special function available is the RAISED BARREL hinge, this is used when the door is set deep back into the frame. There are three different types of applications: Jamb Surface Mount, Raised Barrel for Square Edged Door and Raised Barrel for Beveled Edged Door. The hinge knuckle is offset to allow it to clear the obstruction of the frame. On the Jamb Surface Mount (JSM) application, the door is mortised to accommodate both hinge leaves or what is sometimes referred to as dou- ble mortised. The Jamb Surface Mount may be applied to either a square or beveled edge door. The Raised Barrel for Square Edged door (RBS) and the 0 Raised Barrel for Beveled Raised Barrel Beveled Edged (RBB) door applications are mortised into the frame and door as a standard full mortised hinge. Depending on the depth of the frame, all three of these applica- tions may restrict the degree of . Raised Barrel square opening. Another special feature hinge is the .Swing Clear type. This is used mostly in hospitals and institutional buildings when the passage area must be the full width of the opening. One such case would be an eight foot wide corridor that requires the full opening for the passage of two beds or carts. With the use of swing clear hinges this passage can be accomplished. The .hinges are designed to swing the door completely clear of the opening when the door is opened 95 degrees. The standard way to accomplish this degree of opening is to build a pocket in the wall to accept the door. This allows the door to be concealed in the wall and not obstruct the flow of traffic. One additional point to remember: only on the Full Mortise hinges are there two dimensions, such as a 41/2" x 41/2". The first dimension indicates the height and the second dimension indicates the width when the hinge is in the open position. On all other classifications there is only one dimension, that is the height. "EVERYTHING HINGES ON HAGER" 3 SPECIFICATIONS Certifications - ANSI A156.2, Series 4000 Grade 1 (formerly FF-H7.106C Series 161.) Listed by Underwriter's Laboratories for use on 3 Hr, A label single swinging doors (4'x10'). GYJT Builders Hardware -single C ®L ® L point locks or latches. UL Listed for both Canada and the US. Material - Lever handles are a high -quality zinc alloy. Trim components are brass or bronze. Critical latch and chassis components are brass or corrosion -treated stee. Finish - BHMA US 605 3 606 4 611 9 612 10 613 10B 618 14 619 15 622 19 625 26 626 26D 690 20 DESCRIPTION Bright Brass Satin Brass Bright Bronze Satin Bronze Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed Bright Nickel Plated Satin Nickel Plated Flat Black Bright Chromium Plated Satin Chromium Plated Dark Bronze Chassis - 21/16"diameter to fit 21/a"hole in door (Conforms to ANSI A115.2) Lever handles - Body is approximately 1 5/6"in diameter; Handle is approximately 4 3/4"long (from center -line of chassis). #14 and #15 levers conform to California Administrative Code Title 19 and Title 24. All three styles of levers conform to the Illinois Accessibility Standard. Projection on door - Approximately 2 3/4"when mounted on 1 3/4"door. Roses - "C" - 3" Convex "D" - 31/2" Convex. "K" - 3"Convex - no ring "L" - 31/2"Convex - no ring. Latch - 9/16°throw. Front 21/4"x 1 1/8"beveled. Backset - 2 3/4 "standard, 33/4"and 5"available. Strike - STK: Conforms to ANSI A115.3 (2 3/4"x 1 1/a"with curved lip & box). S3: Conforms to ANSI A115.2 for 1 3/4" doors (41/e"x 1 1/4"with curved lip). S3-7/8: Conforms to ANSI A115.2 for 1 3/4"doors (4'/a"x 11/8"flat) Door thickness - Available for 1 3/4"to 2114"doors. Spacers available for 1 %"doors. Mounting - In addition to standard door preparation (ANSI A115.2 for 1 3/4"doors), two additional holes are needed for through bolts. Through bolts require two 5/16" diameter holes located at 12 o'clock and 6 o'clock. A drill jig is provided to insure accuracy of the holes. (see KD303 on the back page). Products covered by one or more of the following patents: U.S.: D290,085 4,437,695 4,428,212 4,843,852 4,318,558 4,428,570 ® L 4,262,507 4,496,178 4,779,908 5,116,170 Canada: Mo- EFF, EO 1,184,773 1,194,057 1,229,358 L=J Other products patent pending. ORE>ER PROCE1>URE 9K Lever Handle Cylindrical STEP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 93K 7 AB 15 D S3 626 Backset Core Function .. Lever Rose Strike AvailableHousing Mimi 93K-2 3/4" 0-ke less AB -entrance 14-curvedP"o STK-2 3/4" 605 606 AL -abrasive lever - 3/4' in 0-storeroom 611 612 LL-lead lined 95K-5" housing 5-contour S3-4'/a" 613 618 LM-lost motion accepts all N-passage ANSI 619 622 RQE-request to exit Best cores 16-curved e" 625 626 SH-security head Etc. no return L- 31/z" flat strike 690 screws convex- TL-tactile lever no ring NOTE: specify inside (1), outside (0), or both (8) for AL,TL options pages 6-9 pages 4-5 pages 4-5 page 11 page 11 - manaies are maae Trom a zinc alloy, ana nave peen piatea to be equivalent in appearance to the finishes listed. --- ; ,.-- AM O■ BEST ,��'� J"--"�� -" ��' �• �'-t \ /� ACCESS SYSTEMS TRIM \/^RI^TIC)F*-JS 16, 15C 15D & 15L 16C 16D 16K 16L & A 00 ACCESS SYSTEMS FLJr4CT1C>MS Function & Diag. Description Outside=Lever Inside Lever (ANSI No.) Latch operated by Lockediby.%Unlocked byLocked by Unlocked by 1 Double Keyed Functions (Continued) L Intruder IN - Rotating inside lever, OR • Rotating outside lever only when not locked by inside or outside key !.-Tl •Turning the key zn the outside Turning A d �.Turningthe key in the odtside level Always unlocked I Always unlocked Communicating* S• F80 •Turning the key in the inside lever, OR Turning the key in the outside lever, OR • Rotating the in —side or outside lever (if unlocked) Turning the keym the outside .* 116V .Turning the. ke'yJin,1he-;outsi*de:' leverthe Turning the key in inside ever Turning the key in the inside lever Turning the key in either lever, locks or unlocks its own lever independently. Institutional* JL W F87 Keyless Functions -Turning the key in the inside lever, OR Turning the —key in the outside lever Alwaysrfixed . D3. Cannot unlbck6d` Always fixed Cannot be unlocked Privacy F76 LJ - Rotating the inside lever OR Rotating the outside lever only when the in on is oul— Pushing q'inside buttoh� ijR&fatihgthe ;-outsideslotted tatingt eln S.id e lever .16 h ILLAosinM Cannot be locked -0— Always unlocked -W� Passage N F75 • Rotating the inside lever, OR • Rotating the outside lever ' .Cahn6tbe locked Always unlocked ,` ':3 Cannot be locked Always unlocked ,Rotating the inside Always fixed*; i A ways ji xied unlocked NX F89 n; Patio P F77 •Rotating the inside lever, OR • Rotating the outside lever only when the inside push button is out 'A ; inside lever -1 th 'A" Cannot be locked Always unlocked Exit y Rotating the inside lever Cannot be locked Always unlocked Single This is a single, surface -mounted lever for an inactive door or a non -latching door Dummy Trim 1 DT Double This is a through bolt mounted pair of matching levers for and inactive door or a non -latching door Dummy Trim 2DT a *ATTENTION: Locksets that secure both sides of the door are controlled by building codes and the Life Safety Code. In an emergency exit situation, failure to quickly unlock the inside lever could be hazardous or even fatal. A91WX 7 Mons 'i T J -=ST ACCESS SYSTEMS �Ti�BLE OF CONTENTS '� Y S F T', i age page k Features takes & D or Prepa do 10 2 o ra n a Specifications ' i fi 3 Deadlocking Latches 1'1 ' Order�Proced 3 _ r 'Strikes 11 Tnm,Vanationsr r 4,5� Shippm bight 111 9 9 Function Descraptio'ns `k 1 �6 9 LY Special Feature 4 y 1 Y 9K Sample Specifications 10 Service Equipment 12 r . ' n 9K EXPLOE>El> VIEW Lever by knob trim Rose locking pin and rose assembly variations available - design providing.more torque allows for versatile resistance. Also prevents locking pin applications. from twisting and bending under \ attack. Heavy n material the 9K r attack re Strong retractor ' springs provide resistance to lever sag. Zinc hubs with a shrouded locking lug, guaranteeing increased torque resistance. Slotted key release cam and locking lug assembly provide superior torque resistance, and create fail - secure outside feature. Allows fail-safe on the inside lever and fail secure on outside with key override. Torsion spring (vs. compression) mounted in hub - helping to prevent lever sag and allowing for a smooth, 'snappy" operation of the lockset. Through bolt mounting studs reinforcing torque resistance. O/S sleeve machined from a special alloy steel that provides additional reinforcement in locking lug slot. No exposed keeper hole in exterior lever -adds security. Interchangeable core allows for quick re -keying and customized masterkeying. AMa on- • , p YSTEMS U E CA iu ylin I 1-E Mortise Cylinder Standard mortise applications require use ofBest's1E � Series cylinders with _- standard 1E-C4 cam. Best cylinders may be ohevod to function with other manufacturers' locks by use of differencams (see page 0 and different cylinder rings (see page A). Special cylinder variations are available for most applications (see pages 48 5) Bast cylinders are machined from brass orbronze bar stock and are available in a varietyof finishes. Additional security is: pnovdodbyaset screw tho mounts diagonally in the cylinder Wall and when tightened, holds the cylinder secure |yinthe housing. Bm�mnrbsncylinders feature the Bedintnmhangeab|ecore and may bomamterkeyedinto any existing Best system. Contact your local Best Representative for information onspecial cylinder applications not listed in this catalog. Specifications Cylinder Dimension Door Nomenclature "A^ Thickness 1E'64 1l6" 1I6^to21/4" 1E-74 1W" 17/8"hz216^ Cylinder diammter' 1 Toorder: see below example: 1E74'C4'RP3'626 Products cove,edbyoonrmore nithe following patents 4.437.605 4.683'690 4.616.394 ' 1E FUrn Cylinder`.1 E rim cylinder series. Best rim cylinders, are, interchangeable with other man uf acture rs.'�Jrmcy!ind.ers. Best rim cylinders are machined from*. I so . lidbar-sto, . c%k and. are available in a variety of finishes.. the s,teindard.,patkage _ - rings,-1 - ---,-_----mp plate 'eind-clamo...!plate core and may be masterkeyed into any. existin4:Beslf. syste , Specifications Cylinder Dimension Door Nomenclature ^A^ Thickness d=NW 1'/1o^ 1^1o2��^ 1E-72 11/4Vo3^ Cylinder diameter '1�� To order: see below example: 1 E72-S2-RP-626 ��- - HC>W TCx C>Rr->ER �� -- ----- - - STEPA G C D E F 8 H ~For additional special mortise cylinders, see pages 4 and 5. ~Must xpeuiiykeymamand number wkeys mdesignate ucfor less core. W.�� 011, F;RST YHfNGINEEI'SH®ICE Introduction 7200M Series Yale is the brand of choice for engineers who demand the high- est standard of product perfor- mance in even the toughest industrial applications. The Yale 7000 Exit Device Series is designed to meet today's most stringent performance require- ments and match the architectur- al decor of any building. The innovative features of the 7000 Exit Device Series include: • 7100 Series for wide stile doors • 7200 Series for narrow stile doors • 7200M in narrow escutcheon trim in conventional openings • 7150/7250 Series SquareBolt Exit Device • 7140 Series Wood Door Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Device • 3 Year Warranty • Electrified Exit Devices • Free -Wheeling Lever Trim • Heavy Duty Vandal Resistant Trim • Stainless Steel is the flagship finish. • A wide variety of other architectural finishes are available. T The 7100(F) is aconventional exit device for single swing doors or pairs of doors of metal, wood or composite construction. T The 7200 is a narrow stile exit device compatible with the aesthet- ics and functional requirements of contemporary doors. The 7200M(F) is designed for wide or flush stile doors whenever narrow escutcheon trim is desired. A Revolutionary Security And Safety Exit Device Only From Yale: • Just as easy to open as tradition- al latchbolts, the SquareBolt exit device's unique construction offers innovative protection. • Its patent -pending design pre- sents an improved physical barrier over standard rim latch - bolts. • The 7150/7250 Series SquareBolt exit device locks into place and stays there. Credit cards, crow- bars, door rattling or shaking are resisted, significantly reducing the threat of unauthorized entry. � 7140 Wood Door CVR Yale and Weyerhaeuser, two of the most trusted names in the door and hardware industry, have teamed up to develop this revolutionary new design. • No metal edges! No door seams! • Just the beauty of wood on the outside with the finest life safety hardware concealed inside. The Yale 7140(F)(F20) series wood door concealed vertical rod exit device installed inside the Weyerhaeuser YCVR wood door allows seamless veneer or overlay construction without metal edges. • UL listed up to 90 minutes for a standard pair of doors, or 45 min- utes for double egress doors. 7000 • Safety. Beauty. Simplicity. Durability. Combined at last... Only from Yale and Weyerhaeuser. Electrified Exit Device J The Yale 7000 Exit Device Series offers a complete.range of electrical options: • Latch Pullback • Electric Dogging • Mortise Device Trim Control • Touchbar Monitor or Signaling • Outside Trim Monitor or Signaling • Bolt Position Monitor or Signaling A continuum in appearance, securi- ty and functions with the 7000 Series mechanical exit devices is maintained. The 7000 Electrified Exit Devices may be integrated into the security and alarm monitoring systems of most buildings. All Yale Exit Device Trims (except mortise devices) feature the unique Free -Wheeling lever mechanism, similar to our 540OLN cylindrical lock. This free -wheeling trim fea- tures a clutch mechanism which allows the lever to float down 70 degrees when operated in the locked condition, greatly improving vandal resistance. n THE._:fN.GINEER'$ CHOICE ®Year Warranty nents to provide corrosion resis tance. • Exposed Architectural Metals: • Mechanical exit devices and trim materials are Stainless Steel, carry a 3-year warranty. Brass and Bronze. • Electrical options are backed by a 1-year warranty. 7000 Si Performance Standards 7 UL - cUL Panic Exit Listing: Doors up to 4'0" x 1010" (1.22m x 3.05m), single swing or pairs. UL - cUL Fire Exit Label: Doors up L Finishes to 4'0" x 8'0 (1.22m x 2.44m), single L Heavy Dswing or pairs. Stainless Steel "Flagship Finish" - Rnrchcrl Q�+i.. 11 10913M G..:s64 • The 62017/650F trim series pro- vides significant vandal resis- tance benefits: - Free -Wheeling levers - Thrubolting with threaded studs - Beveled sides for resistance to attack - Heavy duty solid forged escutcheon - Flush cylinder • AO, PB and CR lever designs. • 3" x 10-1 /4" x 3/4" (76mm x 260mm x 19mm) escutcheon. • Particularly recommended for use with the 7150 SquareBolt Exit Device. • Retrofits to existing Yale instal- lations. Heavy .Duty Material Exit devices, trims and accessories are made to last. • Heavy Duty Structural compo- nents. • Precision cold forged steel chassis. • Electroplated ferrous compo- Stainless Steel (US32) offering: • Strength • Durability • Corrosion Resistance A full range of architectural Brass and Bronze finishes is also avail- able. Yale ANSI Outside Vim Number Code US3 605 Bright Brass, dear coated 6771 Bright Brass plated, clear coated US 606 Satin Brew, deer coated 6781 Satin Brass plated, clear coated U S9 611 Bright Bronze, elm coated 6791 Bright Bronze Plated, dear coated US10 612 Satin Bro%e, dear coated 6801 Satin Brorae plated, dear coated US10B 613 Dark Oftmd SaM Brmae ca rafted 7041 Qkbsd Satin Bum Pam, oll nib. US26 625 Bright Chromium plated 6811 US26D 66821 satin Chromium plated US32 629 Bright stainless steel US32D 630 satin stainless steel WU2 Unfinished wood veneer WF2 Walnut, stained and sealed BN2 3 Semi -gloss blade fused polymer Notes: 1. For 54OF Series Trim Only. 2. For touchpad scalps only. 3. Standard for device accent parts and strikes. Listing Number LisilingAgeM7 Panic Exit Fire Exit Devices Devices Underwriters SA1097 R4928 Laboratories, (FVSR) (GXHX) Inc. California 414D-0257: 3725-0257: Fire Marshall 111 112 New York City MEA:477-91-E B.H.M.A. Directory of Certified (ANSI A156.3) I Exit Devices Introduction ..... ..... ....... ....2-3 Rim Exit Device ...................4i Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device ......5 Concealed Exit Device ..............6 Mortise Exit Device ............. .7 Wood Door Concealed - VP ..........8 SquareBolt Exit Device ..............9 7100 Exit Device Trim ..............1 o 7100 Heavy Duty Exit Device Trim ....11 7200 Exit Device Trim ..............12 Outside Trim Cylinders .............13 Electrified Exit Devices ..........14-15 Electrified Exit Device Accessories ...16 Electrified Exit Device Applications ...17 Exit Device Applications .........18-21 Accessories.....................22 Facts, Figures & Features ...........23 How To Order ....................24 E j7 � - (rrA The 7100(F) is a conventional exit The 7200 is a narrow stile exit The 7200M(F) is designed for wide device for single swing doors or device compatible with the aesthet- or flush stile doors whenever nar- pairs of doors of metal, wood or ics and functional requirements of row escutcheon trim is desired. composite construction. I contemporary doors. Ordering 7100(F)-36, for openings 30" (0.76m) to 36" (0.91 m) wide. 7100(F)-48, for openings 36" (0.91 m) to 48" (1.20m) wide. 7100(F)-30, for openings 24" (0.61 m) to 30" (0.76m) wide. (Special order.) . Operating Trim 620F Series Heavy Duty Trim 520F Series Escutcheon Trim 53OF Series Long Escutcheon Trim 54OF Series Rose Trim Finishes US3, US4, US9, US10, US10B, US26, US26D, US32, US321D. Strikes 757 Rim Strike (Panic). 757F Rim Strike (Fire). 793 Rim Strike for door pairs (Panic). Stile Minimum Stile Width: 4-1/2" (114mm) Electrical options Electric Latch Pullback (Suffix P) Electric Dogging (Suffix G) Touchbar Monitor or Signaling (Suffix B) Trim Monitor or Signaling (Suffix 0) Bolt Monitor or Signaling (Suffix S) Ordering 7200-36, for openings 30" (0.76m) to 36" (0.91 m) wide. 7200-48, for openings 36" (0.91 m) to 48" (1.20m) wide. 7200-30, for openings 24" (0.61 m) to 30" (0.76m) wide. (Special order.) Operating Trim 500 Series Escutcheon Trim 510 Series Pull Trim Finishes US3, US4, US9, US1 0, US1 OB, US26, US26D, US32, US32D. Stokes 759 Rim Strike. M300 Mullion with built-in strike. Stile Minimum Stile Width: 2" (51 mm) Electrlcal Options Electric Latch Pullback (Suffix P) Electric Dogging (Suffix G) Touchbar Monitor or Signaling (Suffix B) Trim Monitor or Signaling (Suffix O) Bolt Monitor or Signaling (Suffix S) Ordering 7200M(F)-36, for openings 30" (0.76m) to 36" (0.91 m) wide. 7200M(F)-48, for openings 36" (0.91 m) to 48" (1.20m) wide. 7200M(F)-30, for openings 24" (0.61 m) to 30" (0.76m) wide. (Special order.) Operating Trim 500(F) Series Escutcheon Trim 51 O(F) Series Pull Trim Finishes US3, US4, US9, US10, US1 OB, US26, US26D, US32, US32D. Strikes 757 Rim Strike (Panic). 757F Rim Strike (Fire). 793 Rim Strike for door pairs (Panic). Stile Minimum Stile Width: 4-1/2" (114mm) Electrical Options Electric Latch Pullback (Suffix P) Electric Dogging (Suffix G) Touchbar Monitor or Signaling (Suffix B) Trim Monitor or Signaling (Suffix 0) Bolt Monitor or Signaling (Suffix S) 0 .. 7100 `HEAVY TDUTY OT DEVICE TRIM 00 The.620F/65OF trim series pro- vides significant vandal resis- tance benefits: - Free -Wheeling levers - Thruboited with threaded studs - Beveled sides for resistance to attack - Heavy duty solid forged escutcheon - Flush cylinder AU, CR and PE lever designs 3" x 10-1/4" x 13/16" (76mm x 260mm x 21mm) escutcheon • Ideal for use where security or vandalism is a concern • Particularly recommended for use with the 7150 SquareBolt Exit Device • 7100 Rim Device • 7110 Surface Vertical Rod • 7120 Concealed Vertical Rod • 7130 Mortise Fait Device • Retrofits to existing Yale instal- lations 620F / 65OF Series Heavy Duty Trim AU, OR and PB Lever Designs L Thru Bolted. 1-3/4" ("mm) door, standard, other thicknesses or shim mounted devices on applica- tion. Finishes: US3, US4, US9, US70, US10B, US26, US26D, US32, US320. Function (ED) (NL) (DT) Lever (Passage)tllnde, Access (NL) Description Cylinder Blank Plate Access by Key Activentrols Lever ver by Key and Lever Access by Key Rigid Ree ANSI I F01 F03 F02 -- FOS F09 F03 Application: 7110(9sVa 7100F) CVR Rlm 62OF ^ 621F 629F 628F 628F 626F 626F 627F 71 son &quaUs0fl Application: Mon Mortise 620E 651F 658F 658E I 656F 656F NOTE: F09 and Free -Wheeling F02 achieved with simple trim modification at installation. 0 FREE WHEELING A member of the Yale Security Group 72'00 �EXfT DEInCE TRIM 7000 500F Series Narrow Escutcheon Trim Knob or Lever Trim: Prefix List Number with any Design Code shown below. Cylinder. Rim Cyyinder, dedicated ring. See Outside Trim Cylinders. Thru Bolted. 1-3/4" (44mm) door standard. For doors thru 2-1/4" (57mm) or shim mounted devices, specify on order. Finishes: US3, US4, US9, US10, US10B, US26, US26D, US32, US32D. (EOI (NL) (Passage) Cylinder Rigid Passage Rigid Passage Cylinder Cylinder Application Trim Dimensions Function Blank Access Active Controls IThumbtu Dummy Trim Dummy orDT (Controls Controls Plate by Key TTum m Knob Knob Lever Lever Lever Knob ANSI I -- F03 -- 1=11 IF12 I F02 — F02 —/F02 FOa/FO9 F08/F09 7200(M)(F) Rim 1 SC x 9112" x 114" Panic Soo 501 507 1 503 505 SD4 509 508 506 502 7210(M)(F)SVR (41min x241mmx6mm) 7220(M)(F) CVR Fire 500F 601E 507F I 503E 505E 504E 509E 5D8F I 506E 502F NU I C ruff, t-Ub. i-1 Z ana rree wneelmp rue acnievea wim simple tnm maalnaatlon at installatinns. 510E Series Narrow Escutcheon Trim 6, Pull Seat Plate: 1-5/8; x 2-1/2" x 114" (41mm x 64mm x 6mm) Pull: 20-degree offset, 6-7/16" (64mm) Centers, 2 1/8" (54mm) Projection. Thumbtum: 1-3/4" (35mm) projection. Cylinder. Rim cylinder, dedicated ring. See Outside Trim Cylinder. Thru Bolted: 1-3/4" (44mm) door standard. For doors thru 2-1/4" (57mm) or shim mounted devices, specify on order. Finishes: US3, US4, US9, US10, US10B, US26, US26D, US32, US32D. A lieation pP Trim Dimensions Function (DT) Pull I(NL) Cylinder (Passage) Active Cylinder ntrols Cos Passage Active Cylinder Control Plate by Pull T Tum T Tum T-Piece T Piece ANSI F02 F03 -- F11 / F12 — FOS / F06 71 DD(F) Rim 21/2" x 15114" x 114" I Panic 514 512 517 513 519 518 7110(F) SVR (64mm x 337mm x 6mm) Fire 514E 512E 577E 513E 519E 518E Trim Designs 500(F), 520E and 550E AR AU y^ -ty_ CR .. A ��o are available in all trim designs shown. The Arcadia Augusta armel Jefferson 620F Series is available Projection: 3-1/16" (78mm) Projection: 2-5/16" (59mm) Projection: 2-7/8" (73mm) Projection: 2-3/8" (Gomm) In AU, CR and PB trim designs only. The 540 - Series is available in„; AU, PE, MO and CA. Monroe Pacific Beach Pinehurst Virginia Projection: 2-3/16" (71mm) Projection: 2-3/4" (70mm) Projection: 2-7/8" (73mm) Projection: 2-3/4" (70mm) BR =: CO FN LF !07%' Brandywine Copenhagen Finlandia Litchfield Projection: 2-11/16" (68mm) Projection: 3-1/0" (79mm) Projection: 2-13/16" (71mm) Projection: 2-112" (64mm) 12 Norton APPLICATIONS/ SPECIFICATIONS /FINISHES Applications Series 7500 closers are narrow projection door controls: projection isjust 2-1 /8'" from the surface of the door or jamb. They are complete with covers finished to suit the decor of other hard- ware. They are available with sprayed covers or BHMA plated finishes. Or, where appearance is an extremely important consideration, covers are available in a wide variety of laminated wood grains to complement the door and frame. Norton Series 75001750OBF closers are non - handed and are packaged with both a mounting shoe and soffit plate. Any Series 7500/750OBF can be installed Regular Arm or Parallel Arm. it can also be installed Top Jamb where frame face and frame reveal permit. Further, it can be in- stalled on either right or left hand doors. Some special applications are also available with the Series 7500/750OBF door closers. Series 75B0/7580BF closers are supplied with a narrow profile arm for non -hold -open installations where ceiling or top rail of door provide minimal clear- ance, Series PR7500/PR7500BF are supplied with a rigid forearm for Parallel Arm installation where heavy use is anticipated. There are also Series 7500SSr7500SS-BF which are produced from corrsion resistant materials for areas subject to corrosive environments. ANSI/BHMA/Federal Specs The Series 7500/750OBF door closers are de- signed to comply with requirements of the Ameri- cans With Disabilities Act (A.D.A.) and ANSI standard A117.1. The Series 7500 door closer has been tested and is certified by an indepen- dent testing laboratory as being in compliance with the Grade 1 requirements of ANSI Standard A156.4. It is listed as such in the BHMA Certified Products Directory. For a cross reference of Norton Series 7500 Door Closers to ANSI/BHMA/Federal FF-H-121 D or FF-H-121 c Specifications, seethe Specification Comparison Chart in the General Norton Door Controls Catalog. U.L. Listing All Norton Series 7500/75008F Closers with non -hold -open arms are listed by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. for use on labeled fire doors. Finishes Sprayed Finishes — All Norton Series 7500 Door Closers and Accessories are available in the following sprayed finishes. Order by the Norton, Symbol. Finish Description Norton Symbol BHMA Symbol Aluminum AL 689 Dull Bronze DB 691 Dark Statuary Bronze STAT 690 Black 315 693 Gold GB 696 To Complement Duranodic Medium Amber 312 694 Dark Amber 313 695 Black 315 693 Corrosion Inhibitor Prime Coat' SRI 600 'Available at extra cost. Beige color. Closers can be ordered prime coated only, i.e. (SRI), or prime coated with finish coat, i.e. (SRI) x (DB). Plated Finishes — Series 7500M closers with steel covers are available, at extra cost, in the following finishes. Finish Description Norton Symbol BHMA Symbol Bright Brass US3 632 Satin Brass US4 633 Bright Bronze US9 637 Satin Bronze US10 639 Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed US10B 640 Bright Nickel US14 645 Satin Nickel US15 646 Dark Oxidized Statuary Bronze US20A 650 Bright Chrome US26 651 Satin Chrome US26D 652 Plated finishes must be ordered by the Norton finish symbols listed. When matching other door hardware finish, a sample finish chip must be submitted and approved, prior to order processing. Wood Finishes — Series 750OW closers are available with steel covers with an unfinished Wood lamination. The cover may be used unfin- ished, or it may be finished at the job site, along with the door and frame. These covers are available in the following fine- grained woods: Flat Cut Oak White Birch Teak Flat Cut Walnut Cherry Honduras Mahogany Contactthe Norton Marketing Department for the availability of other wood grain laminates. Warranty The Series 7500 Door Closer is backed by a 10- year limited warranty. The aluminum shell is war- ranted for the lifetime of the buildings in which it is originally installed. Suggested Specification Closers for interior (and) exterior doors shall be full rack -and pinion type with cast aluminum alloy shell. Closer shall be surface -mounted and shall project no more than 2-1 /8"from the surface of the door. Closer shall be non -handed to permit instal- lation on doors of either hand. Hydraulic fluid shall be non -gumming, and non-freezing; Closer shall have multi -size spring poweradjustmentto permit setting of spring power from size (1 through 4) (2 through 6) with additional spring power available. Closer shall have two non -critical valves, hex - key -adjusted, to independently regulate sweep and latch speed. Closer shall have backcheck cushioning controlled by a hex -key -adjusted valve. Closershall have backcheck-positioning controlled by a hex -key -adjusted valve. (Closer shall have adjustable delayed action closing controlled by a hex -key adjusted valve.) (Door closers shall be highly corrosion resistant and shall have all exter- nal body components of aluminum, zinc alloy or stainless steel material and all fasteners of stain- less steel.) Regular Arm and Top Jamb closers shall have a non -hold -open shoe permitting a 15% (t 7-1/2%) power adjustment. Closer shall be enclosed in a (molded cover) (metal cover plated with a Norton finish) (metal cover lami- nated with an unfinished wood grain). Closers to be Norton Series (7500, 7500M, 7500W) (7500BF, 7500BF-M, 7500BF-W), (7500SS), (7500BF-SS). General Statement All door closers listed in this catalog section are intended for use in conjuction with a separate door stop doors hung on anti -friction type hinges or pivots and installed on the interior of the build- ing/facility. 7500-3 Norton. Backcheck Cushioning Regulating Valve ,_ Optional: "DA" Adjustable Delayed Action Closing Regulating Valve Multi -Size Power: The closer spring assembly can be adjusted through a wide power range. A high shouldered adjustment nut accepts,a stan- dard 11/16" socket or wrench. Two Power Ranges: Each series can be ad- justed through a range of sizes: Series 7500 Normal Power Range Closer, sizes 2 thru 6; Series 750OBF A.D.A. Accessibility Code Closer, sizes 1 thru 4. Tri-Style Installation: Versatile cioserpackaged with mounting hardware for regular arm and parallel arm installation. Closer can also be in- stalled top. jamb where frame face and reveal permit. Top jamb installation requires a minimum frame face of 3-1 /4" (83 mm); arm will accommo- date frame reveals of 0-3" (0-76 mm). See page 7500-7 for more details. Non -Handed: Pinion shaft extends vertically through the closer body in both directions. This permits the closerto be positioned on either right or left hand doors for all applications. Some options, as noted on page 7500-2, will require that the hand of the closer be specified. Aluminum Alloy Shell: Series 7500 closer bod- ies are constructed of a special aluminum alloy, carefully selected to accommodate individual closer characteristics and operating conditions. Backcheck Position Sweep Speed Latch Speed Regulating Valve Regulating Valve Sweep Speed Latch Speed Rack & Pinion Operation: Provides a smooth transmission of power for control of the door through its full opening and closing cycle. Adjustable Sweep Speed: An independent regu- lating valve, hex -key operated, permits adjust- ment of the general closing speed. Adjustable Latch Speed: An independent regu- lating valve, hex -key -operated, permits adjust- ment of the door's speed for approximately the last 50 of the closing cycle. Adjustable Backcheck Cushioning: An inde- pendent regulating valve, hex -key operated, pro- vides an adjustable hydraulic cushion to the door opening speed toward the end of the opening cycle. Adjustable Backcheck Positioning: An inde- pendent valve, hex -key -operated, allows adjust- ment of the point, in the door's opening cycle, at which backcheck cushioning takes effect. It pro- vides a range of 201 within which backcheck can be set. The exact range is dependent upon the arm application and templated position of the closer. Non -Critical Valves: All control valves for sweep speed/latch speed, backcheck controls and op- tional delayed action are non -critical and are adjusted by a standard 1/8" hex -key. Narrow Profile Arm: Series 7580 closers are supplied with a narrow profile arm for non -hold - open installations. It permits regular arm installa- tion where the minimum ceiling clearance is 1" (25 mm) and the reveal does not exceed 1/8" (3 mm); it can be installed top jamb with a drop plate where the minimum top rail of the door is 3- 5/8" (92 mm) and the frame reveal does not exceed 3" (76 mm); or it can be mounted parallel arm to raise the closer body 1/2" (13 mm) higher on the top rail of the door than the standard 7500 Series closers will permit. Order Series 7580. Non -Hold -Open Ann: Standard closer will be supplied with a Non -Hold -Open arm. This arm. is non -handed. Adjusta-Power Shoe: Supplied as standard for a 15% (t 7-1/2%) power adjustment by relocat- ing the forearm at the shoe, for all regular arm and top jamb non -hold -open closers, only. Hold -Open Arm: Closer has adjustable hold - open feature (901 to 180°). This arm is non - handed. Order by suffixing "H" to the Catalog Number. Parallel Rigid Arm: Closer supplied with a heavy- duty rigid forearm for applications where heavy traffic, and heavy use are anticipated. Order by prefixing "PR" to the Catalog Number. 7500-4 Norton SERIES 7500 The Non -Hold -Open Parallel Rigid arm is non - handed. Also available with Hold -Open arm. Order by suffixing "H" to the Catalog Num- ber. Hold -Open arms are handed. Molded cover: Supplied as standard for all closers, this cover is fabricated of high impact UL listed material for covering the closer body and mounting screws. This cover is non -handed, and has cutout sections for top jamb application. Metal Cover: An optional cover available with either a plated or sprayed finish. This cover is non -handed except for top jamb installations since the shaft cutout must be factory prepared. FEATURES/ARMS with screws; body must be factory drilled and tapped to accept these screws. Order Series 7500M closers and specify hand of door for top jamb installations. Order Series 750OW closers and specify hand of door for top jamb installations. Closer Adjustment Decal: A decal is perma- nently affixed to the inside of the closer cover. This decal fully details all closer adjustments. Corrosion Resistant Closer. The shell, pinion bushing assembly and end caps of this closer are aluminum alloy materials. All other exposed compo- nents are of stainless steel, or zinc alloy materials to provide excellent resistance to corrosive environ- ments. For standard non -hold -open applications only. Furnished with sprayed molded plastic cover. Order Series 7500SS, P7500SS or J7500SS. Cover is attached to the closer body Special Feature Closers Et Adjustable Delayed Action Closing: -1. An optional hydraulic feature that adds a third speed range to the closing control cycle. This feature becomes effective when the door is opened and released at any point beyond 701. This delayed closing enables traffic to clear the opening before the normal closing cycle starts. This feature is advantageous to the handicapped and elderly. It is also valuable Standard & Optional Arms 1618 Soffitt Plate Non -Hold -Open Arm/Non-Handed 7701-1 Regular Arm 7701-1A Top Jamb For Parallel Arm Order 7701-5 Wood Laminated Cover: An optional metal cover that is laminated with fine-grained domes- tic or imported woods. It is.supplied unfinished so it can be finished on the job with the door and frame. This cover is non -handed except for top jamb installations because the shaft cutout must be factory prepared. Cover is attached to the closer body with attaching screws; body must be factory drilled and tapped to accept these screws. for wheeled or other traffic where delayed clos- ing is desirable. Backcheck cushioning and backcheck positioning are standard with all clos- ers including closers with Adjustable Delayed Action Closing. Order Series 7500DA. NOTE: The A.D.A. does not require the delayed action feature in a closer. Standard control valve adjustment can provide compliance with A.D.A. requirements. 1618 Soffitt Plate Low Profile Arm 7780-1 For Parallel Arm 7780-5 Where hold -open applications are desirable, Norton CloserPlusTM or Unitrol® type controls with single -point, hold -open are recommended. Refer to the Norton CloserPlus"m and Unitrol® Door Controls .catalog sections for complete details. For specific data concerning function and use of the Adjustable Delayed Action Closing feature, refer to page 7500-16. 1628H Adaptor Plate Hold-Open-Arm/Non-Handed 7701-3 Regular Arm 7701-3A Top Jamb For Parallel Arm Order 7701-8 Parallel Rigid Arm Series 75001750OBF closers are available with a heavy-duty forearm for parallel arm applications where heavy traffic and heavy use are anticipated. Non -Hold -Open Arm/Non-Handed PR7701-5 Control Options Norton Series 7500/7500BF Multi -Size Closers are the basic door control components for the following Norton Controls 0 0. :.\__I :gar• Hold -Open Arm/Handed PR7701-8 x Hand Norton Unitrol® Door Controls -integrates into a single unit a full feature heavy-duty door closer, a shock absorber and an auxiliary overhead door stop with or without selectable overhead door holder. Refer to the Unitrol® Door Controls cata- log section for complete details. Norton CloserPlus7m Door Controls - pro- vides the control of a full featured heavy-duty door closer plus a positive overhead door stop with 'or without selectable hold -open. Referto the CloserPlusTm Door Controls catalog section for complete details. 7500-5 Norton 0 REGULAR ARM INSTALLATION Regular Arm Dimensional Information 1-41 Door openings to 1800 are possible, conditions permitting. DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION SHOWN IN INCHES )MILLIMETERS) P R S T MINIMUM CEILING MINIMUM MINIMUM TEMPLATE CLEARANCE TOP RAIL TOP RAIL POSITION CLEARANCE WITHOUT WITH FOR FOR DROP 7786 100* ALL PLATE DROP 7500 DOOR DOOR PLATE 7500BF OPENING OPENINGS 750D 750D 7500 7500H 7580 7500H 750OBF 750DEF-H 75808F 75009F 75008F 7500BF-H 7500 7500BF 7500H 7500H 7580 75BOBF 7500H 7500BF-H 7500BF-H 7500BF-H 7580 75BOBF 7580 7580 75SUBF 75BOBF 1.3/4 2-1/8 1 3.1/2 1-7/8 4.1/6 7 3-7/8 1441 (54) (25) (B9) (48) 01351 (17B) (93) Regular Arm Installation - Door Size Power Adjustment and Catalog Numbers Normal Power Rana@ Closers a I « I A.D.A. Accessibility Code Closers in MAXIMUM ODOR SIZE NORTON WOOD OR METAL *POWER CATALOG NUMBER ADJUSTMENT FOR CLOSER INCHES NON HOLD HOLD (METERS) FULL 360' TURNS INTERIOR EXTERIOR (INSWING) OPEN OPEN 32 0 (0.81) 3B 30 2 (0.97) (0.76) 44 36 5 11.12) (0.91) 7500 758D 7500H 50 42 (1.27) (1.07) 8 _ 48 11 (1.22) *MAXIMUM TURNS 15 AVAILABLE i V"I with low opening resistance r MAXIMUM DOOR SIZE NORTON WOOD OR METAL 'POWER CATALOG NUMBER INCHES ADJUSTMENT FOR CLOSER (METERS) FULL 360' NON INTERIOR EXTERIOR TURNS HOLD HOLD flNSWING) OPEN OPEN 36 2 (0.91) 42 6 (1.07) 48 10 (1•22) 7500BF _ 36 7580BF 7500BF-H 11 42 13 (1.07) 'MAXIMUM TURNS 15 AVAILABLE P a�22=� 2" (1 ®Power of closer can be adjusted to conform to the sizing ® Power of closer can be adjusted to conform to the sizing requirements outlined in ANSI A156.4, Standard for Door requirements outlined in A:D.A. and ANSI A117.1, Speci- Controls-Closers. fications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible To and Usable By Physically Handicapped People. 'I All dimensions are for reference only. Dimensions In parentheses are millimeters unless noted otherwise. Door sizing Information is based on Installation on standard weight doors, 70" (213 m) high 1.3/4' (44 mm) thick; hung on anti -friction hinges and operating under normal conditions. 7500-6 Saddle Thresholds - Continued I Op- Meets ANSI / BHMA 1/21 A156.21 Sec.4.3, (12.7) Compression Load Test (127.0) 1710A 171OD 511 (127.0) 171A 171E 17113DG 171D 171G 611. (152.4) . I172A 1728.., 172D 172G . 711 (m.$):. 176A .176B 176D 176G 2548A 2548D 254X45 _I I Finish Designations: (pages 18 & 19) A mill finish aluminum B mill finish extruded.bronze (brass) BDG bright -dip gold anodized alum. D dark bronze anodized aluminum G gold anodized aluminum Please refer to the iistings under each product forstocked finishes, and consuft the fectoryforthe price and Milabil- hy of non -stocked finishes. _, 1 ES -ON IT *dM 1 1/211 (12.7) Ou 1 1/211 (12.7) A Welded on bottom. 7 811 LL (203.2) 11 ® ®T ®IWI 1 Oil ' Garage Overhead DoorWeatherstrip 1/4 door bottom A Retainer bar for NI 99 seats gaps up to 5/8' II 6 &IILUIUDAItA --- 311Pi ♦ Extruded from black rubber (R). (76'2) ♦ Also shown on page 130. ♦ Order 196A separately (see page 24) ; furnished undrilled unless requested. „ ♦ Heavy duty door bumper extruded from black neoprene (N). (25.4) L door bottom; ; ai C-i u seals gaps to a seals gaps up 1 up.to 5/8' . (38.1) P366V16 ♦ Extruded from black vinyl P361 V9 (V) and furnished with P361 V 16 :roofing nails.. -------. -------- ♦ Nails to door edge, jamb ♦ . Extruded from gray vinyl (V) and furnished edge, or door bottom. with roofing nails. ♦ supplied in 16-foot rolls. ♦ Supplied in 9- and 16-foot rolls. ♦ Also shown on page 130. ♦ Also shown on page 130. Door Top Weatherstrip ♦ For top of 1-3/8' wood doors. PA343 7/1 6 ----13/01---►� (34.9) ♦ For:top' of 1-3/4" wood doors. -B344 PA344 13/4�� 1/411 (44.5) (6.4) ♦ Overhead r7holes.. with slotted♦ Should be imumof 4' longer width. 21�2 u _I 346C 346G 346D 346PW ♦ For outswing doors only. ♦ Available in 8',10', 12' and 15' stock lengths. ♦ Meets MIL-R6855 class II, grade 40, type A material remains flexible to -67° F T V365 ♦ Extruded from black vinyl (V) and furnished with roofing nails. ♦ Also used to close gaps along the sides of a door. ♦ For sectional overhead.door, nail to jamb. ♦ Supplied in 250-foot bulk rolls, ♦ Also shown on page 130. ► Brush Weatherstrip (such as the 45100.shown) is excellent for .Garage / Overhead Door Weatherstrip applications. (See pages 76 & 77) 1 1/8', (28.6) top of �.— jamb tt ofr1J/C11 (20.6) 347A 347D 347G 68AR 68DR 68GR. door bottom_ �'` sealsWgaps up to 314' •� ^J/811 (9.5) 45100CP 45100DP 15/ 6" 45100GP ( 6) 45100PWP ® o 1 „ ®a (25.4) 111 6" (17.5) 1 ♦ Rigid tan colored vinyl with vinyl (V) insert or pile (P) insert used as a door top (or bottom) filler strip for hollow metal doors. 1/811 seat (P) (3.2) 5811 I.I (15.9) vinyl seal (1n. ' , J I (44.5) 377VP 377V ♦ pile seal ♦ vinyl seal Door r -Bottom S OP We: W ® Most commonly used on th.e exterior of out -swinging doors.. S7AV 307AV. 309ODGP 571SIDdif 3078DGV 309DP 57DV --",/4 307DV ' 309GP 57GV: .4 307101V (6.4) 309PWP S7PVJV 307PVIV 4 7/8' 7/8-1 r-721 (22.2.) (6.4) (22.2) door bottom (64) bottom 7/8 door bottom (22.2) .......... 7/8 (25.4) (22.2) door bottom_, 3/8 ile vinyl vinyl I (P) seal(V) seal (V) pea s 56" 56!BBDGV 560V 56GV I (22.2) 56pwv door bottom . .smoke & Fire Gasketin-q- Adhesive Jamb Types m S44, S77 & SOB, PK22, PK33, PK55 and PF1 14PS double backed self-adhesive weatherstrips should be applied between-+50O.F and +1009F with an end use temperature range from -30°F to +200°F. Read and follow all installation instructions carefully. S44, S77 & 588:SiliconSeaFm Pressure Sensitive Door Gasketing • Ext . ruded from high -grade silicohe. 11111 Smoke tested by WYLE Laboratories in accordance with UL 1784- 90; meets the requirements of NFPA 105-1993, "Installation of • Seals begin compressing at 7/32' (S44), 3/8" (S77), and 114" Smoke Control Door.Assemblies". (S88) and can be compressed sufficiently to seal openings with. 1/16' gaps; will not lose their form.. N S.441sdesigned for tighter frames and demonstrates extemely low closing force; not recommended for frame -to -door gaps over 1/8". • Self-extin.guishin:g and nontoxic. M S77 is extremely flexible and is also excellent for tight tolerances. ii Stays flexible well below —1 OOOF and resilient above .+4000F. Ideally, S77 should be mounted on edges of the,door (not.the M unaffected by sunlight, ozone, and ultraviolet rays. frame). S77CLEAR can be mounted on the edges of a glass door: N. . Impervious to fungus and mildew and will not deteriorate under 0 S88 is air infiltration tested in accordance With ASTM E 28371984 normal exposure. and SDI 116. Air infiltration is only .09 CFM/ft of crack, (500% better 0 Meets FAR 25.853 Airworthiness Standards for Compartment Interiors. than. 50 CFMIft of crack allowed by ASTM 283 an V ' V Available in 17' 20',. V Available in 17', 20" Available in 17'. 20% 21', 25 rolls.. .204' (102'double), & .510'rolls, . 21',25',&510'rolls 21', 25, & 510 . Compression Low -Closing -Force Vertical rfical Bulb - Edge Wrap Compression Sea]. seal, Compression Seal. 3/811 1 Stabilizer.. Stabilizer Stabilize 4 Flange 7/32"(5:6) I .Flange. (9.5) Flange. 6A .: I LL Pressure Sensitive Pressure Sensitive Pressure senskive Adhesive 7/1 Adhesive, 1/2'. Adhesive. 1/2 611-H (12.7) fill 1) (12.7) ,S44D S44W S77CLEAR. S77D S77W S88D S88W S88TAN *T L ns moom, Finish Designationw. (pages 80 & 81) OL:,. - ,i black color CLEAR clear color.. D dark bronze color SP 'gray primed steel, tA. N tan color W white color Please refer to the Ratings under each product for stocked finishes, and consult the factory for the price and availability of non -stocked finishes. PK22 PK33* & PK55: PernkoPreneTm Pressure Sensitive Door Gasketing. M Smoke tested by \MYLE Laboratories in accordance with UL 1784-* 0 Extruded from thermoplastic elastd.mers. -1993 "Installation of N Seals begin Compressing at - 7/32'(PK22),3/16" (PK33), and 1/4" 90; meets the requirements of NFPA 105 Smoke Control Door Assemblies". (PK55) and can be Compressed sufficiently to seal openings with 1/16' gaps; excellent -resistance to compression set particularly at 0 PK22 is des! ghed for tighter frames and demonstrates extemely low .' elevated temperatures for extended periods of time. closing force; not recommended for frame -to -door gaps over 1/8". A.1 • Stays flexible between —700F.an . d +250°F. E PK33 is specifically designed for tight tolerances on T.im6ly 0 Steel Door Frames. • Outstanding ozone resistance rating. Available in 1 V Available in IT, 20% V Available in 17', 20', V 21', 25'. & 510, rolls. 21', 25', & 510'rolls.�. 21'. 25', & 510'rolls. Compression, Low -Closing -Force Low -Closing -Force Bulb Edge Wrap Compression Seal /Compression Seal Seal Stabilizer Stabilizer If Stabilizer Flange Flange 1 P4( Flange (5.6) Pressure Sensitive -47 7/3211 V16" C�6; �7/16Pressure Sensitive 3/81 Adhesive. Adhesive ��Pressure Sensitive `, Pre (11.1) Adhesive PK22D PK22W PK33BL PK33W PKSSBL PK55D PK55W Rd *0 09, Z 9 WV 01w, POEM, M % 31 Builders Brame Works KIAISTHM� Co STOPS TRIMCO# 1216 1215 B 1-7/8 x N TRIM CO# 1-3/8" B 4" H R 1/2" H 1 L02161 R 3/16" BHMA F8064-X BBW# F8064-1 X. BBW# PI Br, Bz, PI Door Stop - Cast Door Stop - Cast combo pack. Combo pack. , dome stop. Rugged design, dome stop- Rugged design TRIMCO# 1217S 1217P OA 1-1/2 x 2" TRIMCO# Single Doors 1-1/2 x 2" OA 1217S O Pair of Doors BBW# gr gz, pl BBW# 1217P 0 Br, Bz, PI Angle Stop - O Angle Stop - For use on Stopless Frames. For use Stopless Frames. 1221-4 1221-4FF 1220-5 1-3/8 21x 2" 1-3/8 x 2" TRIMC0#4 27/32" B 1 3/8 x 2" 4-27/32" H 5 25/32" Full Finish Spray Finish L01381 F Full Finish L01381 L01391 871 871 FF BHMA Br, Bz, PI BBW# 872 Al Br, Bz, PI Door I-lolder -Cast 1224-5 TRIMCO# 1224 2-7/8' B 2-1/4" 5-3/4" H 3 5/8° ES FAST Combo Pack 7/8 x 2-1 /4" EYE 7/6 x 1-1/2" 2-3/4" HOOK 2-3/4 LO1371 BHMA LO1371 . 1224-5 - lit, , PIPI BBW# F823-X Floor Stop / Holder - Cast Combo Pack. P• ro ection, R-rise A hlOt.F�' �/-1?:: 1 G0-6374,746 L'-base, F finish, I I-hoi{�ht, OA overall sizo, P 1 SysN,S SPECIFICATIONS: Engraved on 1/8" or 1/16" laminated rigid engraving stock. Available colors and finishes include all those shown on the Florenclif color selection sheet, pg. 20. A minimum length of 8" is standard (unless otherwise specified). Signs are available with any of the mounting methods on pg. 3, (please specify). Can be engraved in any Florenclif letter style, pg. 18. NOTE: When type of mounting is not specified, screw mounting will be furnished. BUSINESS OFFICE " TYPE A EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY 'Insurance Credit Dept. CUSTOM GOMPUTER'GRAPHICS,} `. « ": a SPECIAL TESTING 'EKGs SIGN Stress Tests Museum'O'fifce " Pulmonary Tests Florenclif ns _ custom designed EEGs 1 COMPUTERIZED to offer you• styles and sign sizes to meet your•- -• CHECKS Pricing is based -re inch cost WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED PLEASE HAVE for plus " per PROPER I.D. CHANGE READYlettering charge. (Pleasesee current - SPECIFICATIONS: Engraved on 1/8" laminated rigid engraving stock. Available colors and finishes include all those shown on the Florenclif color selection sheet, pg. 20. Type B signs come with radius corners and foam adhesive backing only. Sizes are 3" x 9" . (Symbols only, measure 3" x 3"). TYPE S SIGNS No Admittance ------ -- B-8 B-12 Exit B-16 B-101 B-102 B-1 B-5 Private B-9 B-13 B-17 B-2 B-6 B-10 B-14 B-18 Restrooms I A B-7 B-11 B-15 B-19 This versatile Type B sign can be customized with your wording. With a maximum of 13letters per line and a maximum of 2 lines. Signs can be used with the 3" square symbols, as shown. n REN N E E R S N N E R S N T I S T S 300 Simon Street SE; Suite 5 East Wenatchee, WA 98802 509-886-2900 800-720-8052 Fax 509-886.2313 Project Submittal Review Project Name: North Talbot Pump Station Rehabilitation & Other Water Facility Modifications Contractor. Omega Contractors, Inc. Subcontractor. Submittal No: 10 & 11 Submittal Date: 6/18/02 ProjectNa REN 101-032 Rmiewed%r DJB 6x, eer: yl� ® Reviewed ❑ Rejected ❑ Revise and Resubmit ❑ Fumish as Corrected Items )Reviewed and Comments: Item Approval Action Comment Motor Operated Louvers Reviewed Vent Fans Not Reviewed Resubmit per our discussion. Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with the requirements of the drawings and specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. The contractor is responsible for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordinating his work with that of all other trades, and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner. J:ldatalREM101-0321Submittals\submittal #10 & 11.doc Submittal Data Project. North Talbot Renovation City of Renton Contractor: Omega Contractors Submittal Item: L1 Qty =2 Pottorff Model SOL-445 adjustable blade weather louver w/ 120 volt actuator, channel frame, mill finish, 24" x 24" VI Qty = 1 Vent-Axia Model TX12WL — no switches V2 Qty = 1 Vent -Axis Model TX9WL — no switches submitted by, Coast Products, Inc. June 2002 0 N T 7 N e 0 N T W Q W W Cn r a z 0 a --- [POTTORFF®R B1 Mode! SOL-445 Steel louver formed adjustable blade LOUVER MODEL SOL-4 °02) " MATERIAL: "Paint-iock" gaiv FRAME BLADE 20 gac 20 gau LOUVER DEPTH ezcivaingscreeni 4- BLADE CENTERS Vertical Section SzC ' Grayl r So 1_= C-)ec. ,�r. SINGLE SECTION SIZE LIMITS Maximum 48"w x 96"h Minimum 12" x 12" MULLIONS Visible SCREENS /2 x .063" Aluminum Bird Screen FINISH Mill 'Width and H&gnt a/mens/ons fum/shed approflmately 1/,' under sae steel OPTIONS -1 Flange frame (1'/2" standard) Selection of screens: All -welded construction '12" stainless steel bird screen J Louver Material Mesh aluminum insect screen 1 O 14 gauge Mesh stainless steel insect screen 71 0 16 gauge Selection of finishes: D 302 Stainless Steel Kynar :1 Baked enamel 7 XPremounted actuator Prime coating 1 Electrical _ 12,OV. 0 Pneaumatic V1 es5 fie- ` 0 oP . Suggested Specifications: Furnish and install louvers as herein specified where indicated on the plans or as desired in schedules. Louvers shall be stationary operable steel blades in a 4" frame. Each factory assembled louver section shall be designed to withstand a minimum design loading of 30 pounds per square foot. Louver sizes too large for shipping in a single section shall be built up by the contractor from factory assembled louver sections to provide the overall required size. Louver frames, mullions and section joints shall be adequately supported from the building structure so as to withstand a design load of 30 pounds per square foot. Model SOL-445 Louvers shall be Pottorff model SOL-445 with 20 gauge wall thickness, blades shall be positioned at 45' angles on approximately 5'!8" centers, and equipped with a removable aluminum bird screen. Specifier select one of the following finish specifications: • Louvers shall be suoplied with a mill finish. • Louvers shall be supplied with a (specifier select one: baked enamel or Kynar) finish. Color shall be (specify color from standard color selection chart). Information is correct at time of printing. However, we reserve the nght to make chanoes without nohre P0770RFF A DIVISIONOFPCIINOUSTRIES, /NC. • 2824 North Sylvania Ave., Fort Worth, Texas 76111 • 817/831-7038 fax 817/831-3110 Vent=Axia. Ventilation Premium Quality Wall Mounted Fans Vent-Axias T-Series. "YVL " Model fans are complete with a two part telescoping metal wall liner, weather resistant exterior grille and an interior fan section containing the impeller, motor, electronic shutter and grille. Coast Products, Inc. - www.coastproducts.com • 1-800-735-7026 - � � �` `I� III Size 6 Size 7 Size 9 Size 12 FEATURES • Manufactured in weather -resistant polymeric materials. Integrated component design for maximum aerodynamic efficiency. • Continuous duty motor. Suitable for running at any angle. Quiet running, enclosed Will not interfere with TV or radio reception. • Suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from -40OF to 122°F. Fitted with Thermal Overload Protection. DMENSIONS '/R" (22mm) Dia, hole for conduit entry. 3/: (20mm) \. I • Low density 5 blade impeller and short A sleeve section ensure optimum pressure characteristics with minimum soured level. ° 1 o ' Patented electronic shutter system ensures o quiet, trouble free operation. B o 0 WALL MODEL ` Integrated component design allows all A range of high performance exhaust/intake parts to be dismantled for cleaning without _ ventilating units incorporating the latest the use of special tools. advances in impeller design. T-Series Range also features a unique speed control pack which ` Designed to comply with International enables high, medium or low speed to be safety standards. Preset to suit room size or required performance. • Designed to fit through most wall thicknesses Supply voltage 120V/1/60 Hz. using telescopic liners supplied with the Two ,year limited warranty unit. Conduit entry is provided for by Uent concealed wiring. -�xia, Ltd SHUTTER TX models are supplied complete with an integral automatic louver shutter concealed behind the internal grille. Operates on either intake and exhaust. The shutter is electronically controlled by an actuator with a damped action giving quiet operation during opening and closing. The interlocking edges of the shutter blades provide maximum backdraft protection. T L -- C --� Hole in wall C x D Size 6 6 7Size 7 9 12 Dim. in. in. in. in. A 121!� 13%/s 153/R 181/2 B 1'_ 135/R 15/x 183!R C 10 /1 113/1 131/1 D 10'/R 1134 131/i 161/2 E. Max. 81/2 87/8 95/3 107/R E. Min. 41/2 45/3 5 5% Weight 151b. 171b. 211b. 291b. T Series Wall Rough -in Hole Size 1.0!_ x 10W!3 - Size 6 Ill r 11 L., -Size 7 13u, x 131/, -Size 9 163/3 x 16,/- - Size 12 Unit Type Stock Exhaust performance Watts Sones Vent -Ada T-Series Window Model and size Ref No. (low) metal Wall Mounting Kits are UL listed LOW MEDIUM HIGH & CSA certified. cfm cfrn cfm 6 TX6WL 16 15 11 158 205 233 55 2 7 TX7WL 16 25 11 196 257 313 60 1 9 TX9WL 1635 11 302 443 513 95 2 • L �� 12 TX12WL 16 45 11 697 900 1027 130 3 Coast Products, Inc. • www.coastproducts.com • 1-800-735-7026 300 Simon Street SE; Suite 5 East Wenatchee, WA 98802 509-886-2900 800-720-8052 Fax 509-886-2313 Project Submittal Review Project Name: North Talbot Pump Station Rehabilitation & Other Water Facility Modifications Contractor. Omega Contractors, Inc. Subcontractor. Submittal No: 12 Submittal Date: 6/25/02 Project No: REN 101-032 RmiiewedBy: DJB 6 *v3er: �' y ® Reviewed ❑ Rejected ❑ Revise and Resubmit ❑ Furnish as Corrected Items )Reviewed and Comments: Item Approval Action Comment Skylights Reviewed Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings dudng this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with the requirements of the drawings and specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. The contractor is responsible for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions. selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordinating his work with that of all other trades, and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner. J:ldata\REN\101-0321Submittalslsubmittal #12.doc Attn: J. D. Wilson, City of Renton RECEIVED Submittal / Transmittal SUN 2 7 2002 CITY OF RENTON North Talbot Pump Statim Rehabilitation S, Other Water Facility 7�}`�it�'10;"ts Omega Contractors, Inc. / PO Box 430 / Duvall, WA 98019 / (425) 881-1697 / (425) 883-4718 Fax Item covered by this transmittal �� 10Uv'P,.`5 Submittal No, 1 D Item covered by this transmittal Submittal No. Fa 1 z 9 w1 J ; Item covered by this transmittal VC,,4 7cc , &rV c-(&- ?�j m o� -5k0qp— Submittal No. f �� Item covered by this transmittal Ue,-t 0a,0 coda. -+ y do sh-,?Ve— Submittal No. H 4 D First Submittal 0 As Specified ❑ Resubmittal X Substitution Date & - Comments: stt�s�� f� f�Q� �•�W?.t�cceof• Date Received by Engineer: Engineer's comments: Date returned to Contractor: ❑ Reviewed ❑ Revise and Resubmit Rejected Furnish as Corrected Conulioos or comments trade on the shop drawings during this review, do nol relieve contractor fion) compliance; with requirements of the drawings and specifications 'Mis check is only for revew of general eonfonnanw with the design v mcepl of the prr�iecl and general ceunplianu with the rrtfOr711att011 giveii iit the CA)ttltact dlRIlatt00ts. •rhe contractor is respm nsible for wnfonning and unelaling all quantilies and dimensions; selecting fabriwliou pnxx-sses and techniques of cemsbuction: W(Ndinating his work with that of all other trades; and performing his work in a safe and salisfacttny manner. Cily of Renton Date By ACME ENGINEERING 8t MANUFACTURING CORPORATION P.C. 978 E9MIEBox Muskogee, Oklahrmte 74402 Plan View TAG: [1] V-1 Project Location: A,•fslw Engineer: conwicur Submiteed by: Qab: North Talbot Renovation Renton, WA Omega Conlr actors Cams# Product& 604AD2 FQ Direct Drive Propeller Wall Fan SUndatd Canstnw fon Featnrss: • Aluminum bladed propeller rwd-avari ing design ' Heavy gwgs epoxy =lead Sdael trame)bjk a base • Mounts in any position Twnw fmftd warranty • W/UL706 WtCSA Options & Ammodes: • W/3A121FQ ^ 4 V A94 • W/SsC • WAG16 51316418 10 +sue DIMENSIONS (Inches) A 1 6 1 C j d 16-00 13.25 4.00 1.L PERFORMANCE (Altiltsde - QAQ 1m% Temperature- 70.00 Degrees Fahmaheltt Desslty = D 675 thwm Oty Made] Size Va4ume SP Sped TS dV POW MOW In 6111 ation HP Vnits Ph 14z End RPM SplWdg {cfmj (n w$) (rpm) (tpm) RPM) (MP) 1 FC1120 ia35 D.13 9356 428Q 121a a.as t}_125 115 1 Bt7 TE 175M140 2-1 SOUND (Nn tree space @ 3 feet / 9 S metem) Octave Bands 1 2 1 3 4 5 1 B 1 7 1 8 LvIaP. dBA• vanes" Sound fbwglr i36 63 5$ 57 517 1 56 48 1 44 61 1 50 1 SA mw id s R t+s m� i n a nertwkwl+ !ftw am *w Wmid�+b"le�c PM MCA- Skald WC vahm attain im har ws&Mm Typ AC RW k*%ftm,4;" to elks Q� T-r---rt - -- --; - r- r--t - —I — i-t�IlllQttiei -i--r- r-r-T tfm - i- r- r--r--�-%i -i ;-; -,� ;--,-�-, -,- s-;-;-; -,- ,�;_, 1 I t I t I 1 1 I 1 J...-. L -.I- -t1 -S. _ J — L ! I 1 / I R•��1 1 1 I I I I —I - Ii tom: {III F—+-"��♦... + - -E- - - - F--+--F'--F--'1—F---_4--+--4 - - +- 4 -E - ...�F ..�+.I -�— - 4- - - — `F -4-- - 4..---4 - -1— i 4.- >•,- 1 Voum) Monlamulr r>abve7?• tlIB YlgtQ b dW+67e WMGaP'tiva' eidnrl neira. Them ern *IcW *nwFW fur &"&W&w ppfppep &* and an COn+eA dm..lul 2� 1A'1S: M ZOdx VeRtiur 1.�18 vh111lIieY�tOf11NR7e1tr4i�GAlt Darer$- They do not rrawbfiEIYlldl waC1W cxm*1N.9w TAG: V I V-2 ACME ENGINEERING A MANUFACTURING CORPORATION P,O. BOX 978 Muskogee, Oklaho+ttl13 74402 a Elavation View DIMENSIONS (inks) Plan VOW pr4em Nation: Architie& Eng0m' Commabr Dabs: North Talbot Rf tmatim Rer►ton, WA Omega CordraeWm Coast Products 62402 FQ Direct Drive ProWlelr Wall fan SI*rr.lard 0"b Fe-a!urex: - Akwninum hkwW p npWkw nwr-onrbading i edM M92W gauge SMXf coated steel barnehxffiee base - Mlcuros in"pac b*m • Twv-year limited warrarrbp • WA)L705W1GSA Opdwm & A ssalrkz: - W165C - WAG14 S1 316416 - Cs&.&v+T'f V#-d - WC10FQ - o,rA-z... 6dt4A9p— PERFORMANCE (AUltuda = 0.00 beet Temperature- 70.00 th reef Fahnenhetk Denai#y - 0.475 Ilttli3% Qty Ms+c1� cps Vatmla (drn) SP (in wg) Spef:d (rpm) TS {fpm) aVi(waft) ffG►n� Rawer Nta#x Infortrlation I HP vai#a Ph I iyz 1 Enid I RPM irvdg 1 FQ108 1 505 0.12 1504 840 120.nn C_(3s t15 1 1801 TE 16W I1 SOUND rin free space dt 8 feet 11.6 meters) octwe Bands 1 1 2 3 1 4---T 5 1 8 1 7 1 8 1 t_w dW Sones' Sound Power 77 62 59 5d53 55 1 48 43 1 60 46 1 5.8 ine aJ7Y70 iigc s'tllan Q. aa� ,0ilvs � 1an �m aff5 R {1.5 wJj fn a hmigolwlew tray low affiUm i,d par MICA I3iwJafd ,51, Unkm 4mm s lot bv*"I m Type & Frea M1iBtAllam lianas, iL6+t I F—j_-�_r-i=-}-r_-r_r�r=--r- 1 I 1 1 J_ "I _ 4jy�l --r-r- _-rTi--r-i_-i I I 1 I I 1 f 1 I I I I f 1 1 f 1 1 J I I 1 CLA I I f I i I f f I F I f 1 f t i f 1 i I J t 4— -1- -'�• - -1 —1 f...� d• - 1 _ L J _ _ 1 - 1_ _ L _1 _ .i �. L � .(— - {- —L - .1— L _ L_ _f _ _L _ -:.�.. f k L I 1 I 1 1 I I 1 t I 1 I I I I I I I I t i I I J 1 1 I 1 I-- + - -t- - I- —J - -1-� 1 � i+ ^ H F&16 4---1--_t I11 III1=[=L=C7_ Li--i-i=1 a an ,ee a n -m VOuC" a00 3so d40 7Z3 8174 MIWtiY1 GaM" r.�.m r,e right m tttargv ap�cmraf�c vitott rmli<a �►rooe ero 4Pk� 1>fvmft r to aesetmw jm� a,y AM arc wfn+tt blon ar,2X 142314 M1. Vrlton 1A.1r. � lndm for rJlxdlll tlsielalm 1s Tl.et do nel fYirAGGYl1y stew ns►oI easrtdv. RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. 300 Simon Street SE, Suite 5 East Wenatchee, WA 98802 .ENGINEER 5 (509) 886-2900 or 800) 720-8052 P L A N N -E R 5 -S c I E N Ti S T-S Fax: (509) 886 13 TO: Omega Cont ctors, Inc. P.O. Box 0 Duva A 98019-0430 ent Via: U.S. Mail WE ARE SENDING YOU THE FOLLOWING: Letter of Transmittal DATE: 6/25/02 I JOB NO.: REN 101.032.03 ATTENTION: Mr. Gordy Wagster RE: City of Renton - North Talbot BPS Submittals RECEIV X Attached v Under Separate Cover Via: UTILITY SYSTEM Shop Drawings Prints Plans Samples Specifications Copy of Letter Change Order Submittals COPIES DATE NO. DESCRIPTION 3 6/25/02 Submittal No. 12 (reviewed) THESE ARE TRANSMITTED AS CHECKED BELOW: For approval Approved as submitted Resubmit copies for approval X For your use Approved as noted Submit_ copies for distribution As requested Returned for corrections Return _ corrected prints For your information Signature For review and comment For bids due: Prints returned after loan to us REMARKS: COPY TO: I Mr. J.D. Wilson, P.E., City of Renton V I SIGNED: I Mark Miller, P.E. I EXT: 15372 1 06/25/02 10:00 AM 1:\data\PEN\101-032\Submittals\Trans-GWagster-submittal 12.doc 14 Division 8.5 Submittal Skylights Contractor: Omega Contractors, Inc. Architect: RH2 Engineers Proiect: North Talbot Pump Station Rehabilitation Renton, WA Site Phone: Submittal Date: June 13, 2002 Manufacturer: Architectural Specialties, Inc. PO Box 22325 Milwaukie, OR 97269-2325 (503) 232-2966 fax 232-4028 Contact: Sharon or Angie VISIT OUR WEBSITE A T: ARCHSA COM Family Owned & Operated Since 1988 4 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIALTIES INC. MANUFACTURER OF: 2221 S.E. OCHOCO PORTLAND, OREGON 97222 SMGHTs MAIL ADDRESS: P.O. BOX 22325 MILWAUKIE, OREGON 97269-2325 ROOF HATCHES SMOKE VENTS PHONE (503) 232-2966 FAX (503) 232-4028 WWW.ARCHSP.COM SUNROOMS SCOPE OF WORK June 13, 2002 Contractor: Omega Contractors, Inc. Architect: RH2 Engineers Project: North Talbot Pump Station Rehabilitation Renton, WA Division 8.5 Skylights Quantity Description 2 Outside Curb 44" X 44" Clear acrylic dome over white acrylic dome with clear anodized curb mount frame and (4) interior latches per unit. NOTES: 1) Product proposed for use is manufactured by Architectural Specialties, Inc and is specified. 2) EXCLUSIONS: Installation, Field Measurement, Curbs, Flashing. 3) Please allow approximately five to six week lead time. 4) Washington taxes are not included and to be taken care of by others. (Z12) North Talbot Pump Station SL CCB #59161 A ARCHITECTURAL S SPECIALTIES INC. Specifications: Architectural Specialties, Inc., skylights are formed to a specified shape from sheets of clear, translucent, or tinted Type CC2 acrylic plastic. Acrylic domes to conform to AAMA 1601.1 - 1976 for a design load of 40 psf. Skylight frame and retainer cap shall be 6063-T5 extruded aluminum with minimum wall thickness of .070 inches. The skylight frame shall have an integral condensation gutter, exterior drip and drainage slots. All mitered corners are to be welded by the heliarc process. MODEL NUMBER STANDARD SIZES Single Double Outside Curb Dome Domes Dimension - A Square Domes DCM-2828 DDCM-2828 251/2x251/2 DCM-3636 DDCM-3636 331/2x331/2 DCM-4242 DDCM4242 40 x 40 DCM-5252 DDCM-5252 491/2x491/2 DCM-6060 DDCM-6060 58 X 58 DCM-6868 DDCM-6868 651/2x651/2 DCM-7676 DDCM-7676 731/2x731/2 DCM-9999 DDCM-9999 971/2x971/2 Rectangular Domes DCM-2842 DDCM-2842 251/2x 40 DCM-2852 DDCM-2852 251/2x491/2 DCM-2868 DDCM-2868 25 x651/2 DCM-2876 DDCM-2876 251/2x731/2 DCM-3652 DDCM-3652 331/2x491/2 DCM-4252 DDCM-4252 40 x491/2 DCM-5276 DDCM-5276 491/2x731/2 DCM-5296 DDCM-5296 491/2x921/2 DCM-52101 DDCM-52101 491/2x971/2 DCM-6899 DDCM-6899 651/2x971/2 STANDARD ACRYLIC DOME COLORS Designation Color CL Clear Colorless 2447 White Translucent 2412 Transparent Solar Bronze PROJECT North Talbot Pump Station DOME - CURB MOUNT UNIT PVC Gaskf Hold down fas Sealant - by others Interior Fini "A" Dimension FILL IN Acrylic Extruded Alum. Cap 6063-T5 Sealant Alum. Fastener Weep holes Extruded Alum. Sill 6063-T5 Y4" flashing space 11/2 x _ curb by other: Flashing - by others Model No.I Quant. I Outer Dome [Inner Domel INDICATE FINISH Clear Anodized ** SIZE: Outside Curb 4411 X 4411 I HOLD DOWN FASTENER e 1 e Stainless Steel NO. 1634 Size: 3 1/4" X 7/8" (FOUR FASTENERS PER UNIT) SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS: While Architectural Specialties, Inc. skylights are designed to support the weight of snow, ice, and the force of normal winds. they are not designed to withstand the weight of people. If human safety becomes a consideration, skylights should be protected by railing, grids or screens. Note: Double glazed' skylights are subject to formation of condensation between domes. This may be objectionable when both domes are transparent. Minimum recommended pitch is 1/4" in 12". CONTRACTOR Omega Contractors, Inc. ARCHITECT RH2 Engineers REPRESENTATIVE APPROVED BY q ARCHITECTURAL S'\SPECIALTIES INC. DISTRIBUTED BY: P.O. BOX 22325 PHONE (503) 232-2966 PORTLAND, OR 97222 FAX (503) 232-4028 g/c INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS As soon as units have been received at jobsite, open cartons or crates and inspect to insure that the units were not damaged during shipping. 900 ANGLE 'sue; CANT STRIPS FING FELTS 1. Check well opening and curb construction for correct dimensions and squareness. Opening should have wood curb (min. 1 1/2' x 4') on all four sides secured to structure. 2. Check that curb flashing has been completed properly. 'Caution —Do not allow roofing materials to come in contact with dome. Remove protective wrapping after installation. 3. Apply caulking or tape all around top of curb to properly weather seal unit. 4. Center unit over opening. Press firmly into sealant. Note: If unit does not slip down easily onto curb, do not force. Recheck opening and curb dimensions and modify as required. 5. Secure unit with 1 1/4', large head, annular ring aluminum roofing nails or equivalent, placed through prepunched holes in frame. Screws or nails supplied by others. 6. Clean roofing materials from unit. Sheetl SHADING COEFFICIENTS & TRANSMITTANCE OF ACRYLIC DOMES H U E COLOR NUMBER j TRANSMITTANCE %ISHADING I COEFFICIENT Rohm & Haas Cy-Ro Visible Li ht Solar Ener Single !Double Dome I Dome Gray #2538 #142-1 16 27 0.52 0.36 Gray #2537 #140-3 33 41 0.63 0.49 Gray #2094 #143-4 45 55 0.74 0.61 Gray #2514 #141-5 59 62 0.80 0.68 Gray #2604 28 30 0.58 0.43 Bronze #2370 #311-1 10 20 0.46 0.30 Bronze #2412 #131-2 27 35 0.58 0.43 Bronze #2404 #126-4 49 56 0.75 0.62 Bronze #2539 #145-5 61 621 0.80 0.68 Bronze #2540 #146-7 75 75 0.90 0.79 White #2447 #020-4 52 52 0.60 0.45 White 1#2067 #051-6 71 71 0.60 0.45 Clear lColorIess Colorless 92 86 0.98 0.89 Inner dome assumed to be of clear colorless acrylic * Industry standard colors ** Available in quantity runs only I I I I U-VALUES FOR ACRYLIC DOMES (BTU/HR/SQ.FT./ F) 3/16" Thick Acrylic Winter Heat Loss Summer Heat Gain Single Domed 1.201 0.80 Double Domed 0.701 0.50 Values are per sq. ft. of opening area, not per sq. ft. of dome surface. Values are for the acrylic portion of the skylight only. Page 1 5405 N. Lagoon Avenue G O'+9TMVGT ON tKf ►[C TION NO».Ocf TMUCTIvC rc,TsNG. ...TC► LI %% CCTIO.. P.O. Box 17126 —Cc 0 »o Cc MT.I.C.T.ON C.-[NiC.L. .».L.:u PortlanC, Oregon 97217-0126 •o:L Tcs, Nc —N,s-c.6 Tc,TINo g Phone: (503) 289-1778 March 5, 1990 Architectural Specialties P.O.Box 22326 Port -'and, Oregon 97222 At-: Herb Kroger Subject: Evaluation report on domed plastic skylights to ICBO-7—S acceptance criteria Of 1-00. Report. zTEMS : Three (3) Plastic Domed Skylights. Size: 4'.0" X 8' 0" Thickness: Acrylic Plastic ADDlicable Standards: ASTM 330-84 Uniform Static Load ?CBO-ES-90 acceptance Criteria Sno1a Load ICBO-ES-90 Acceptance Criteria Negative Wind Load Unifom Building Code, Chapter ;2 Uniform Building Code, Section 2311 Skvlight Description: The plastic domed skylight, model•DCM53101 consist of an aluminum main frame, wall thickness of 0.070 and is an alloy- 6063T5. The skylight has mitered corners and are welded by the heli- arc process. The outside curb dimensions are 49" by 97", with inside dimensions of 46" by 942". A single sheet of clear or tinted acrylic plastic is used to form the domed area that rises 11" above the interior face of the support frame and has a thickness of k March 5 1990 Page 2 Architectural Specialties Test Buck Descriotion: The skylights were mounted into a 2" by 6" framework to simulate field installtion. A 3/4" plywood and steel enclosure was built over the framework to insure an airtight seal. Application of the unform loads was supplied by differential air pressure exerted with a vacum/ pressure pump per the acceptance criteria of ICBO-ES-90. Deflection gauges were postioned at the point of the dome and at the midway point of side as required. Test Procedure: With a design load or allowable load of 25 psf, 75" of the allowable or 19 psf was applied for one minute and released. The design load of.25 psi' was then applied and held, the postive loading continued in 5 psf increments until the ultimate uniform load or clients design load of 40 psf with a safety factor of three (3) was recored. Deflections were taken by gauges and recored. • Test Results:. Test Load 71-Snot.= Load Uniform Load ----------------------------------------- 124.5PSF Curb L ( 97-2" ) /180 = 0.54------------------------0.28" Curb L ( 49%2" ) /180 = 0.27------------------------0.11" Span L ( 60"•) / 20 = 3.0 Midpoint----------------2.20" Span L ( 33.5 ) / 20 = 1.67------------------------0.96 Recommended or Allowable Load-----------------------41.5PSF March 5 1990 Page 3 Architectural Specialties Test Load #1-Snow load Uniform Load------------------------------------------121.4PSF Curb •L ( 97z ) /180 = 0.54---------------------------0.24„ Curb L ( 49.i ) /180 = 0.27--------------------------- 0.09" Span L ( 60 ) = •3.0 Midpoint -------------------2.20" Span L ( 33.5 ) = 1.67---------------------------0.96" Recommended or Allowable Load-------------------------40.46 PSF Test Load 3-Snow Load Uniform Load------------------------------------------124.OPSF Curb L (972 ) / 180 = 0.54------------------=---------0.26„ Curb L (49''z ) / 180 = 0.27---------------------------=0.10". Span L (60 :) / = 3.0 Midpoint--------------------2.27" Span L (33.5) / 1.67------------------------------0.991, Recommended. or Allowable Load-------------------------40.33PSF Negative Transverse Wind Load The application of the unform negative wind loads were applied by -a -differential air pressure exerted by a vacum/pressure Pump. Allowable design load ---One minute-------------------- 25PSF Loads were increased 5psf increments per minute to the minumum factor of safety, two (2) was applied.-------50PSF • ;N0 RTHWEST TESTING LABORATORIES, INC. .• r March 5 1990 Page 4 Architectural Specialties Conclusions: The model DCM52101 a 4'/0"X 8'/0" Skylight series averaged a unform load test of 124.3PSF for the series of three (3) tests. A design load or allowable snow of 41.09 with the safety factor is recommened. The negative transverse or uplift load has a saftey factor of two (2) at 50 TSF. Northwest Testing Laboratories, Inc. recommends that the 4'0" X 8'0" domed skylights andsmaller units of simular thickness,types and frame construction be approved. Respectfully Northwest Testing Laboratories, Inc. on Cave Market-ng &..Quality Control Report Number 323678 Amended Report Paul Irish Technical Director RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. 300 Simon Street SE, Suite 5 East Wenatchee, WA 98802 P l A N N L E N G IN E_TTS (509) 886-2900 or (800) 720-8052 S C I E N T I p Fax. (509) 886-23 .W TO: Omega Cont tors, Inc. P.O. Bo 30 Du , WA 98019-0430 Sent Via: U.S. Mail WE ARE SENDING YOU THE FOLLOWING: Letter of Transmittal DATE: 6/21/02 1JOB NO.: REN 101.032.03 ATTENTION: Mr. Gordy Wagster RE: City of Renton - North Talbot BPS Submittals RECEIVEL, JUN 2 4 2W e jWt-jiY C-YS7 X Attached Under Separate Cover Via: Shop Drawings Prints Plans Samples Specifications Copy of Letter Change Order Submittals COPIES DATE NO. DESCRIPTION 3 6/5/02 Submittal No. 10 (reviewed) 3 6/5/02 Submittal No. 11 (not reviewed) THESE ARE TRANSMITTED AS CHECKED BELOW: For approval Approved as submitted Resubmit copies for approval X For your use Approved as noted Submit _ copies for distribution As requested Returned for corrections Return _ corrected prints For your information Signature For review and comment For bids due: Prints returned after loan to us REMARKS COPY TO: I Mr. J.D. Wilson, P.E., City of Renton V I SIGNED: I Mark Miller, P.E. I ExT: 15372 1 W21i02 9:11 AM 1:\data\REN\101-032\Submittals\Trans-GWagster-submittals 10 & 1 I.doc Attn: J. D. Wilson; City of Renton Submittal / Transmittal JU41 4 200 CITY OF 2 North Talbot Pump Station Rehabilitation d Other N ater Facilit►7 Mm Omega Contractors, Inc. PO Box 430 Duvall. VVA 98019 ! (425) 881-1697 1 (425) 883-4718 Fax item covered by this transmittal S ��, �� ti L, Submittal No `2 Item covered by this transmittal Item covered by this transmittal Item coverea by this transmittal I/First Submittal /As Specified Comments: Date Received by Engineer: Engineers comments: ❑ Resubmittal ❑ Substitution Submittal No. Submittal No. Submittal ^.fo. Date L" Date returned to Contractor: Reviewed ❑ Revise and Resubmil u Rejected ❑ Furnish as Corrected Correctirnis or corninents made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve eontracwr fiorn compliance with requirements of the drawings and specifications. This check is only for review of general urrfinmance with the design ermcept of the project and general compliancewith the information given in the contract dmumenL,. The contractor is responsible for: confonning and correlating all quantities and dimensions; selecting falrieation lmx;esses and techniques of construction; ccx)rdinating his work with that of all other trades; and petforming his woric in a safe and satisfactory manner. City of Renton Date BY Division 8.5 Submittal Skylights Contractor: Omega Contractors, Inc. Architect: RH2 Engineers Project: North Talbot Pump Station Rehabilitation Renton, WA Site Phone: Submittal Date: June 13, 2002 Manufacturer: Architectural Specialties, Inc. PO Box 22325 Milwaukie, OR 97269-2325 (503) 232-2966 fax 232-4028 Contact: Sharon or Angie y VISIT OUR WEBSITE AT: ARCHSP. COM Family Owned & Operated Since 1988 ARCHICTURAL SPECIALTIES INC. MANUFACTURER OF: 2221 S.E. OCHOCO PORTLAND, OREGON 97222 SKYUGAROOF HATCHES MAIL ADDRESS: P.O. BOX 22325 MILWAUKIE, OREGON 97269-2325 SSMOKE VENTS PHONE (503) 232-2966 FAX (503) 232-4028 WWW.ARCHSP.COM SUNROOMS SCOPE OF WORK June 13, 2002 Contractor: Omega Contractors, Inc. Architect: R112 Engineers Project: North Talbot Pump Station Rehabilitation Renton, WA Division 8.5 Skylip-hts Quantity Description 2 Outside Curb 44" X 44" Clear acrylic dome over white acrylic dome with clear anodized curb mount frame and (4) interior latches per unit. NOTES: 1) Product proposed for use is manufactured by Architectural Specialties, Inc and is specified. 2) EXCLUSIONS: Installation, Field Measurement, Curbs, Flashing. 3) Please allow approximately five to six week lead time. 4) Washington taxes are not included and to be taken care of by others. (Z12) North Talbot Pump Station SL CCB #59161 I.UU:) ZS1AARCHITECTURAL SPECIALTIES INC. Specifications: Architectural Specialties, Inc., skylights are formed to a specified shape from sheets of clear, translucent, or tinted Type CC2 acrylic plastic. Acrylic domes to conform to AAMA 1601.1 - 1976 for a design load of 40 psf. Skylight frame and retainer cap shall be 6063-T5 extruded aluminum with minimum wall thickness of .070 inches. The skylight frame shall have an integral condensation gutter, exterior drip and drainage slots. All mitered corners are to be welded by the heliarc process. MODEL NUMBER STANDARD SIZES Single Double Outside Curb Dome Domes Dimension - A Square Domes DCM-2828 DDCM-2828 251/2x251/2 DCM-3636 DDCM-3636 331/2x331/2 DCM-4242 DDCM4242 40 x 40 DCM-5252 DDCM-5252 491/2x491/2 DCM-6060 DDCM-6060 58 X 58 DCM-6868 DDCM-6868 651/2x651/2 DCM-7676 DDCM-7676 731/2x731/2 DCM-9999 DDCM-9999 971/2x971/2 Rectangular Domes DCM-2842 DDCM-2842 251/2x 40 DCM-2852 DDCM-2852 251/2x491/2 DCM-2868 DDCM-2868 25 x651/2 DCM-2876 DDCM-2876 251/2x731/2 DCM-3652 DDCM-3652 331/2x491/2 DCM-4252 DDCM-4252 40 x491/2 DCM-5276 DDCM-5276 491/2x731/2 DCM-5296 DDCM-5296 491/2x921/2 DCM-52101 DDCM-52101 491/2x971/2 DCM-6899 DDCM-6899 651/2x971/2 STANDARD ACRYLIC DOME COLORS Designation Color CL Clear Colorless 2447 White Translucent 2412 Transparent Solar Bronze PROJECT North Talbot Pump Station DOME — CURB MOUNT UNIT PVC Gasket Hold down fasteners Sealant - by others Interior Finish "A" Dimension FILL IN Acrylic Extruded Alum. Cap 6063-TS Sealant 1 Alum. Fastener Weep holes Extruded Alum. Sill 6063-T5 Y/." flashing space �--- 11/2 x _ curb by othe Flashing - by others Model No.l Ouant. IOuter Domellnner Domel INDICATE FINISH Clear Anodized ** SIZE: Outside Curb 44" X 44" HOLD DOWN FASTENER Stainless Steel e 1 e NO. 1634 Size: 3 1/4" X 7/8' (FOUR FASTENERS PER UNIT) SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS: While Architectural Specialties, Inc. skylights ar designed to support the weight of snow, ice, and the force of normal wind; they are not designed to withstand the weight of people. If human safety become a consideration, skylights should be protected by railing, grids or screen Note: Double glazed' skylights are subject to formation of condensatie between domes. This may be objectionable when both domes are transparen Minimum recommended pitch is 1/4" in 12". CONTRACTOR Omega Contractors, Inc. ARCHITECT .RH2 Engineers REPRESENTATIVE APPROVED BY ARCHITECTURAL As�,\SPECIALTIES INC. DISTRIBUTED BY: P.O. BOX 22325 PHONE (503) 232-2966 PORTLAND, OR 97222 FAX (503) 232-4028 M INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS As soon as units have been received at jobsite, open cartons or crates and inspect to insure that the units were not damaged during shipping. 900 ANGLE 1 WOOD CU RB 2 i �p� O BUILT-UP BASE FLASHING GRAVEL .. ::. .. ROOFING FELTS = STRIPS 1. Check well opening and curb construction for correct dimensions and squareness. Opening should have wood curb (min. 1 1/2' x 4') on all four sides secured to structure. 2. Check that curb flashing has been completed properly. 'Caution —Do not allow roofing materials to come in contact with dome. Remove protective wrapping after installation. 3. Apply caulking or tape all around top of curb to properly weather seal unit. 4. Center unit over opening. Press firmly into sealant. Note: If unit does not slip down easily onto curb, do not force. Recheck opening and curb dimensions and modify as required. 5. Secure unit with 1 1/4', large head, annular ring aluminum roofing nails or equivalent, placed through prepunched holes in frame. Screws or nails supplied by others. 6. Clean roofing materials from unit. Sheetl SHADING COEFFICIENTS & TRANSMITTANCE OF ACRYLIC DOMES H U E COLOR NUMBER I TRANSMITTANCE %ISHADING I COEFFICIENT Rohm & Haas Cy-Ro' Visible Li ht lEnerqy__(Dome Solar Single IlDome Double Gray #2538 #142-1 16 27 0.52 0.36 Gray #2537 #140-3 33 41 0.63 0.49 Gray #2094 #143-4 45 55 0.74 0.61 Gray *"t#2514 #141-5 59 62 0.80 0.68 Gray #2604 28 30 0.58 0.43 Bronze #2370 #311-1 10 20 0.46 0.30 Bronze * #2412 #131-2 27 35 0.58 0.43 Bronze 240.4 #�l2-6-4— 45 56 i0.75 0.62 Bronze #2539 #145-5 61 62 0.80 0.68 Bronze #2540 #146-7 75 75 0.90 0.79 White #2447 #020-4 52 52 0.60 0.45 White #2067 #051-6 71 711 0.60 0.45 Clear tColodess Colorless 92 0.98 0.89 .861 Inner dome assumed to be of clear colorless acrylic * Industry standard colors ** Available in quant t runs only I I I I I I U-VALUES FOR ACRYLIC DOMES (BTU/HR/SQ.FT./ F) 3/16" Thick Acrylic Winter Heat Loss Summer Heat Gain Single Domed 1.201 0.80 Double Domed 0.701 0.50 Values are per sq. ft. of opening area, not per sq. ft. of dome surface. Values are for the acrylic portion of the skylight only. Page 1 9 5405 N. lagoon Avenue co.aT.vc- o.. �..►.ccT�ow ..0.+-0CXTwuC7WvC TC:TIMG P.O. Box 17126—C�0--C Cc.n.IC.7:o., C..CWKAk. INALaIA PortlanC. Oregon 97217-0126 .o:L Tc�T wG �..s.c.L Tcs7I..o g •sa. 7i..G Phone: (503) 28S-1778 March 5, 1990 Architectural Specialties P.O.Box 22326 Port -'and, Oregon 97222 At: : 7erb Kroger Subject: Evaluation report on domed plastic skylights to ?CBO--S acceptance criteria of 1-90. ReDort. ITEMS : Three (3) Plastic Domed Skylights. Size: 4'.0" X 8' 0" Thickness: Acrylic Plastic ADD1lcable Standards: ASTY; 330-84 Uni_`orm Static Load ICB0-ES-90 Acceptance Criteria Snow. Load ICBO-ES-90 Acceptance Criteria ?negative Wind Load Unifom Building Code, Chapter :2 uniform Building Code, Section 2311 Skylight Description: The plastic domed skylight, model•DCM53101 consist of an aluminum main frame, wall thickness of 0.070 and is an alloy- 6063T5. The skylight has mitered corners and are welded by the heli- arc process. The outside curb dimensions are 492" by 97.", with inside dimensions of 46," by 942". A single sheet of clear or tinted acrylic plastic is used to form the domed area that rises 11" above the interior face of the support frame and has a thickness of 1� March 5 1990 Page 2 Architectural Specialties Test Buck Description: The skylights were mounted into a 2" by 6" framework to simulate field installtion. A 3/4" plywood and steel enclosure was built over the framework to insure an airtight seal. Application of the unform loads was supplied by differential air pressure exerted with a vacum/ pressure pump per the acceptance criteria of ICBO-ES-90. Deflection gauges were portioned at the point of the dome and at the midway point of side as required. Test Procedure: With a design load or allowable load of 25 pSIC , 751% of the allowable or 19 psf was applied for one minute and released. The design load.of_25 psf was then applied and held, the postive loading continued in 5 psf increments until the ultimate uniform load or clients design load of 40 psf with a safety factor of three (3) was recored. Deflections were taken by gauges and recored. Test Results: Test Load 71-Snow Load Uniform Load ----------------------------------------- 124.5PSF Curb L ( 972" ) /180 = 0.54------------------------0.28„ Curb L ( 49'2" ) /180 = 0.27------------------------ 0.11" Span L ( 60"-) / 20 = 3.0 Midpoint ----------------2.20" Span L ( 33.5 ) / 20 = 1.67------------------------0.96 Recommended or Allowable Load-----------------------41.5PSF March 5 1990 Page 3 Architectural Specialties Test Load #1-Snow load Uniform Load------------------------------------------121.4PSF Curb L ( 97z ) /180 = 0.54----------- ---------------- 0.24" Curb L ( 49.2 ) /180 = 0.27---------------------------0.091, Span L ( 60 ) = '3.0 Midpoint ------------ ------- 2.20" Span L ( 33.5 ) = 1.67---------------------------0.96„ Recommended or Allowable Load-------------------------40.46 PSF Test Load 3-Snow Load Uniform Load------------------------------------------124.OPSF Curb L (972 ) / 180 = 0.54------------------=---------0.26" Curb L (49 ) / 180 = 0.27---------------------------=0.10". Span L (60 ,:) / = 3.0 Midpoint--------------------2.27" Span L (33.5) / 1.67------------------------------ 0 99 Recommended or Allowable Load-------------------------40.33PSF Negative Transverse Wind Load The application of the unform negative wind loads were applied' by•a—differential air pressure exerted by a vacum/pressure pump. Allowable design load ---One minute ------------------==25PSF Loads were increased 5psf increments per minute to the minumum factor of -safety, two (2) was applied.-------50PSF • ; NORTHWEST TESTING LABORATORIES, INC. March 5 1990 Page 4 Architectural Specialties Conclusions: The model DCM52101 a 4'/0"X 8'/0" Skylight series averaged a unform load test of 124.3PSF for the series of three (3) tests. A design load or allowable snow of 41.09 with the safety factor is recommened. The negative transverse or uplift load has a saftey factor of two (2) at 50 PSF. Northwest Testing Laboratories, Inc. recommends that the 4'0" X 8'0" domed skylights andsmaller units of simular thickness,types and frame construction be approved. Respectfully Northwest Testing Laboratories, Inc. on Cave Paul Irish Marketing & Quality Control Technical Director Report Number 323678 Amended Report RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. 12100 NE 195th Street, Suite 100 Bothell, WA 98011 E N G I N E - R S P L A N N E R S (425) 951-5400 or (800) 720-8052 S C I E N T I S T S Fax: (425) 398-2774 TO: City of Renton 1055 S Grady Way, 5th Floor Renton, WA 98055 Sent Via: US Mail WE ARE SENDING YOU THE FOLLOWING: Letter of Transmittal DATE: June 24, 2002 1JOB NO.: REN 101.032 ATTENTION: Mr. J.D. Wilson, P.E. RE: North Talbot Booster Pump R oc Station Rehabilitation E��1 JUN 2 6 2o02 CIT y OF 0-r1ory X Attached Under Separate Cover Via: Shop Drawings Prints Plans Samples Specifications Copy of Letter Change Order Submittals COPIES DATE NO. DESCRIPTION 3 Addendum No. 1 — North Talbot Booster Pump Station Rehabilitation THESE ARE TRANSMITTED AS CHECKED BELOW: For approval Approved as submitted Resubmit copies for approval For your use Approved as noted Submit _ copies for distribution X As requested Returned for corrections Return _ corrected prints For your information Signature For review and comment For bids due: Prints returned after loan to us REMARKS: Enclosed are three signed copies of Addendum No. 1. Once all of the signatures have been received, please forward one copy to our office. Thank you. I COPY TO: I I SIGNED: I Richard H. Harbert, P.E. I 6/25/2002 2:29 PM 1:\DATA\REN\101-032\01-desitm\Trans to J D Wilson re Addendum No. l.doc RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. 12100 NE 195th Street, Suite 100 Bothell, WA 98011 E N G I N E E R S P L A N N E R S I (425) 951-5400 or (800) 720-8052 S C I E N T I S T S WF Fax: (425) 398-2774 TO: City of Renton 1055 S Grady Way, 5th Floor Renton, WA 98055 Sent Via: US Mail WE ARE SENDING YOU THE FOLLOWING: Letter of Transmittal DATE: June 24, 2002 1.JOB NO.: REN 101.032 ATTENTION: Mr. J.D. Wilson, P.E. RE: HMI Programming for T Upgrade L.i LL) JUH 2 5 2002 CITY OF RENTON X Attached Under Separate Cover via: Shop Drawings Prints Plans Fsamples Specifications Copy of Letter Change Order Submittals COPIES DATE NO. DESCRIPTION 3 Addendum No. 1 and Exhibit B — HMI Programming for Telemetry Upgrade THESE ARE TRANSMITTED AS CHECKED BELOW: For approval Approved as submitted Resubmit copies for approval For your use Approved as noted Submit _ copies for distribution X As requested Returned for corrections Return _ corrected prints For your information Signature For review and comment For bids due: Prints returned after loan to us REMARKS: Enclosed are three signed copies of Addendum No. 1. Once all of the signatures have been received, please forward one copy to our office. Thank you. COPY TO: SIGNED: Richard H. Harbert, P.E. 6/24/2002 4.01 PM JADATA\REN\l01-032\Trans to J D Wilson re HMI Prouammine Contract.doc RECEIVED Attn: J. D. Wilson, City of Renton JUN 5 - 2002 CITY OF RENTON Submittal / Transmittal UTILITY SYSTEMS North Talbot Pump Station Rehabilitation & (alter Water Facilitr Modifications Omega Contractors, Inc. PO Box 430 I Duvall, WA 98019 / (425) 881-1697 I (425) 883-4718 Fax Item covered by this transmittal 1 ' iC"" t cios"—p - Submittal No. Item covered by this transmittal 5W1+c1t, Submittal No. Item covered by this transmittal L-nnS6, k� SL,;,' S Submittal No. Item covered by this transmittal kE St,J: G. 1 r. C.(z s cL, z Ito C_ Submittal No. First Submittal ❑ Resubmittai Date 3 b c 71 As Specified ❑ Substitution Comments: Date Received by Engineer: Engineer's comments: Date returned to Contractor: ❑ Reviewed 17 Revise and Resubmit ❑ Rejected Furnish as Corrected Corrections or axinnent; inade tin the shop drawings during this revie%% th) not relieve contractor from compliance with requirements of the drawings and specifications. This check is only fix review of general conformance with the design wore ept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract docunueits. The contractor is responsible fix: ctnforining and correlating all quantities and dimensions; selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction; coordinating his work with that of all other trades; and perfimning his work in a safeand satisfactomy manner. City of Renton Date By III,1.1:1 1-1,IuIII 1 11l 1 r.v� N icoz0000irO P.c Eclipse Junior Series - NEMA 12,13, 4 Single Door Enclosures L� Hincie Side Vieux OA00 (+9.00010.01.Sj *1 SE^L GAP 1023 _ Hinge Side 1 Front View o..u> F C --------- - End View o.a� Latch Side View •-� 1 00 t1 I DID 0.39 I� .r a5C 0.42E - 0.35 Quarter Turn Latch Pert Overall Dimensions Panel Size Ship Wt- No. A H C H G D E J F Ibs. EJ443 4.OU 4.00 3.00 2.00 4.75 - - 2.00 - 2 E " 6.00 4.00 3.00 2.00 6.75 4.88 2.88 3A0 2.92 2 EJ683 6.00 8.00 3.50 6.00 6.75 4.88 6.75 3.00 3.42 5 EJ853 8.00 B-00 3.50 4.00 8.75 6.75 4.88 4-00 3.42 5 EJ444 4.00 4.00 4.00 2.00 4.75 -- - 2.00 - 3 EA" 6.00 4.00 4.00 2.00 6.75 4.88 2.88 3.00 3.92 3 EJ664 6.00 6.00 4.00 4.00 6.75 4.88 4.88 3.00 3.92 4 EJ884 8.00 B.DD 4.00 6.01) 6.75 6.75 6.88 4.00 3.92 7 EJ8104 8.00 10.00 4.00 B.DO 875 6.88 8.75 COO 3.92 8 EJt D84 MOD B.DD 4.00 6.00 10.75 8.75 6.88 5.00 3.92 8 EJ1264 12-00 6.DD 4.00 4.00 12.75 10.75 4.88 6.00 3.92 8 EJ7 D125 10.00 12.0D 5.011 10.00 111.75 B.88 10.75 5m 4.92 1 D op EJ12105 12.00 10.DD 5.00 8.00 12.75 10.75 8.88 6.00 4.92 12 EJ866 8.00 6.OD 6.00 4.0D 8.75 6.75 4.88 4-00 5.92 7 EJ1086 1 D.00 8.00 6.00 6.01, 10.75 8.75 6.88 5.00 5.92 10 E.1101196 f0.DO 1O-W 6.00 B.OD 10.75 B.75 8.88 SM 5.92 12 EJ12126 12.00 12.00 6.00 10.00 12.75 10.75 10.88 6.00 5.92 15 EJ12146 12.DD 14.00 6.00 12.OD 12.75 10.88 12.75 6.00 5.92 17 EJ1488 14.DD 11.00 6.00 6.DD 14.75 12.75 6.88 7.00 5.92 10 EJ14126 14.DD 12.00 6.00 10.0D 14.75 12.75 10.88 7A0 5.92 17 EJ14166 14.DD 16.00 6.00 14.00 14.75 12.88 14.75 7.00 5.92 21 EJ161 D6 16.OD 10.00 6.00 B.OD 16.75 14.75 8.88 am 5.92 15 EJ16146 1S.0D 14.00 6.00 12.00 16.75 14.75 12.88 6.00 5.92 21 Ed12106 MOD 10.00 8.00 8.00 12.75 10.75 8.88 6.00 7.92 15 = EJ14120 14.001 12.00 B.00 10.0D 14.75 12.75 10.88 7.00 7.92 18 EJ16148 16.0D 14.00 8.00 12-OD 16.75 14.75 12.88 am 7.92 22 LJ161410 16.00 14.00 10.00 12.DD 16.75 14.75 12.88 6.00 9.92 23 Technical relerences and DXF downloads avaitabl6 at www.hammondenclosures.com All dimensions in inches unless specified otherwise Quality Enclosures. Service Excellence. 3 ra„• coo av� ooFnac9di<u xnn h�c� �u jai A�nf-.. Bata Su6ind fn chattoe wilhaE notira 1'IaJ UJ Li U-T; 1 up+ 1'IU VU f'Sof1 U11411-U1-� l.0 f'r,. 1 [_.1 :1 :1 :7JJ 1 LJ N.1 Eclipse Junior Series - NEMA 12, 13, 4 Single Door Enclosuves - Galvanized Inner Pagel prrrrltles excellent grounding Integral Motmting feet 6' top and bottom Single Quarteriurn Lock easy to open and close Application Designed to enclose electrical and/ or electronic equipment and protect against harsh, industrial environments. • For use as instrument enclosures, electric, hydraulic or pneumatic control housings, electrical junction boxes or terminal wiring enclosures. • Impressive styling features make the Eclipse Junior a suitable addition to any high-tech equipment installation. Standards • UL 508 Type 3R, 4, 12 and 13 CSA Type 3R, 4, 12 and 13 Complies with • NEMA Type 3R, 4, 12 and 13 • I EC 529, 1 P66 Stainless Steel Piano Hinge provides 180' opening Construction Body and cover are formed from 16 gauge steel. • Smooth, continuously welded seams without knockouts, cutouts, or holes. • Formed lip on enclosure to exclude flowing liquids and contaminants. • 14 gauge welded brackets provide for enclosure mounting. • Continuously hinged cover has 304 stainless steel hinges and provides 180' opening • Door latches feature the added safety of quarter tum slot requiring use of tool for opening. • Ouarter turn latches formed from black zinc diecast. • Oil resistant gaskets are permanently secured. • Models larger than 4"x4" include a removable 14 gauge galvanized inner panel. • intemal threaded weld studs are provided for mounting inner panels. • A bonding stud is provided on the door and a grounding stud is provided on the enclosure. • Includes grounding kit and a hardware kit with panel mounting screws. Technical references and DXF download; available at www.hommondenclasures.com aclip channel; fluid away from the gasket inner Pane! Included tsresse�� U�, CIP 1EC -- e Finish Cover and enclosure are finished in recoatable smooth ANSUASA 61 gray powder coating. • Inner panels are unpainted galvanized. steel. Accessories • Breather kits... see L -3 page 371 • Filter fans. -,see E-3pape 358-365 • Louvered ventilating plates ...see E--3 page 392 • Padlocking provision ...see EJ-01 page 4 • Terminal kit assemblies see E-3 page 382 • Thermostats... see E3page 371 • Window kits ... we E--3 page 387 • Wing knob lock ... see Li-ar paQo 41 it1 odificatiGns • Consult the factory for the following modification possibilities: - paint color • size change • cutouts - and more.... All dimensions in inches unless specified otherwise 2 Quality Endosures. Service Excellence. __.. 0; Hammond Manularhinnn - Canada 5t$ R� ?W or 805,456,377Q...115A: 715.63,1.8281 Data_$wbiect to chance without notice SENTROL 2500 SERIES Installation Instructions Models: 2505, 2505-A. 2507.. 2507-A. 2507-AD, 2507-AH Installation & t�L��i LISTED Models 2505, 2505-A, 2507, 2507-A, 2507-AD: Mount switch and magnet so both labels read in same direction (see illustration). Switch position and gap distances will be reduced with switch and magnet positioned incorrectly. Model 2507-AH: Mount switch in desired location. Attach an ohmmeter to black and white wires. The meter should read infinity with magnet away from switch. Bring magnet toward switch until meter reads zero ohms. Mark this point and bring the magnet closer to the switch until meter again reads infinity. Mark this point and position magnet between the two marks; align magnet with switch so labels read in same direction. With magnet posi- tioned in this manner, switch will be harder to defeat with an external magnet. Lead Functions Form A (models 2505, 2505-A) use black leads Form C (models 2507, 2507-A, 2507-AD. 2507-AH) Lead Color Function Black Common White Closed Loop (NO) Red Open Loop (NC) Ordering Information L- 2.00' I -- 5.08 cm SENTROL O 1.00° 2.54 cm 3.00° 7.62(in -- - 0.50' Mounting -- 1.27 cm Holes 0.156 Dia. '—O SENTROL O Magnet Part No. 1920 (included) Caution: Only use screws supplied, or 18/8 stainless steel screws. Specifications Form A (2505, 2505-A) Voltage..........................................................100 VAC/DC max. Current..................................................................... 0.5 A max. Power...................................................................... 7.5 W max. Form C (2507. 2507-A, 2507-AH, 2507-AD) Voltage.......................................................... 30 VAC/DC max. Current................................................................... 0.25 A max. Power...................................................................... 3.0 W max. ULC Specifications Form A (2505, 2505-A), Form C (2507, 2507-A, 2507-AH, 2507-AD) Voltage.............................. ..................................... 30VDC max. Current......................................................................50mA max. European Union Specification Form A (2505, 2505-A) Voltage............................................................48V AC/DC max. Current. ....................................................................... 0.5A max. Model Number Loop Type Electrical Configuration Finish Gap Distance (Make)' Lead Type Listing 2505 Closed NO Anodized Up to 3" 3' vinyl jacketed UL, ULC 2505-A Closed NO Anodized Up to 3" 3' stainless steel armored cable UL, ULC 2507 Open or Closed SPDT Anodized Up to 3" 3' vinyl jacketed UL, ULC 2507-A Open or Closed SPDT Anodized Up to 3" 3' stainless steel armored cable UL, ULC 2507-AD Open or Closed DPDT Anodized Up to 1 1/2" 3' stainless steel armored cable UL 2507-AH Open or Closed SPDT Anodized 3/4" Min, 2 1/2" Max 3' stainless steel armored cable UL Gap distances are nominal make distance ± 20%. CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS 12345 SW Leveton Dr., Tualatin, OR 97062 Tel.:503.692.4052 Fax:503.691.7566 http://www.sentrol.com U.S. & Canada: 800.547.2556 Technical Service: 800.648.7424 SENTROL FaxBack:800.483.2495 Sentrol reserves the right to change specifications without notice. © 2000 Sentrol 1030557 Rev B 09/00 f Contact rating ........................................... ................. 30 VDC, 15 amps, resistive 125 VDC, 0.6 amps, resistive 250 VDC, 0.3 amps, resistive 125 VAC, 15 amps, resistive 125 VAC, 5 amps, lamp 250 VAC, 15 amps, resistive Horsepower rating..................................................................... 125-250 VAC, 112 HP Operating temperature.............................................................. up to +176"F (+80"C) Switch type............................................................. SPDT (Single pole -double throw) Switch lock action.......................................................................... Maintained (on -on) Number of switches per assembly .................................... 1 W7132: one 1 W7J2: two 2 11 /32' r - 1 15/16, 31/32N 2 1 /16' t f 1 5/32 " O o r— — Hole cutout Back view The shaded area shows the additional 1 W7J2 switch and cam length. Key & switch positions Remove kev 4 N NC Y NC a NO NO � � NO � Y NC NO Key pos. 1 Swt. pos. 1 Key pos. 2 Swt. pos. 2 Key pos. 1 and 2 (360°CCW) Swt. pos. 1 and 2 U U u' J L a Side view Optional boxes OC1 DWR OC2 INT SWR (1W762only) Contact rating.................................................................. 30 VDC, 15 amps, resistive 125 VDC, 0.6 amps, resistive 250 VDC, 0.3 amps, resistive 125 VAC, 15 amps, resistive 125 VAC, 5 amps, lamp 250 VAC, 15 amps, resistive Horsepower rating..................................................................... 125-250 VAC, 1/2 HP Operating temperature.............................................................. up to +176°F (+80°C) Switch type.............................................................. SPDT (Single pole -double throw) Switch lock action......................................................................... Momentary (on -on) Number of switches per assembly .................................... 1 W7133: one 1 W7J3: two PO 15/32" \ 00 Hole cutout Back view The shaded area shows the additional 1 W7J3 switch and cam length. Key & switch positions Remove key NC ? NO Key pos. 1 SM. pos. 1 F R y NC NO Key pos. 2 Swt. pos. 2 q NC %�� O NO Key pos. 1 Swt. pos. 1 . L 2 „/22• _�4I Side view Optional boxes Oct DWR OC2 INT SWR (1W7B3 only) 1 W7B2 8c 1 W7J2 A_ 1 W7B2—one switch BEST i 1 W7J2—two switches 1 W7B3 8c 1 W7.113 CD C:� K S 1 W7B3—one switch 1 W7J3—two switches AM& i9 BEST OPTIONAL BOXES 0 0� i 0 w 0 0 0 OC1 OC2 Standard octagon center mount Dee octagon offset mount 1 io bo 9 P 9 tlnterior box � 3'/2"Hx3'/2"Wx11/e"D 3Y2"Hx3'/2"Wx3'/<"D 4"Hx2'/a"Wx1'/8"D SWR Standard weather resistant box 4 Va"H x 2'/a"W x 21h"D DWR Deep weather resistant box 4 5/e"H x 21/8"W x 3"D HW Sc KW OPTIONS AL —Besides complying with a wide variety of accessibility codes and ordinances, Best Access Systems lever handles are available with a special abrasive feature. Abrasive strip on the lever immediately identifies warnings on doors to hazardous areas for the blind. IDH—The integrated Door Hardware groups three components into one hardware package. 1. Door monitoring switch (normally closed) 2. Request -to -Exit switch (normally open or normally closed) 3. Electrically controlled locking mechanism. KNL—Knurl feature is available only on #6 knobs. The knurling is machined into the outer edge of the knob. The knurled feature can be used for blind, safety, or accessibility applications. ILL —Lead lined feature can be used to protect against X-rays. Since the majority of lead lined doors contain the lead in the surface of the door, the knob lockset provide lead lining for the holes cut in the door when preparing the door for the trim. SH—Security head provided for all exposed screws. RQE—Cylindrical or Mortise locksets can be supplied with a request -to -exit switch. A normally open switch provides momentary switch closure when the inside lever/knob is rotated. TAC—Grooves are machined into knobs to improve grip or to be used as a warning in hazardous areas. This option can be used for blind, safety or accessibility applications. Thick door —Specify thickness if other than 1 1/4". TL—Tactile levers may be used in areas where improved grip is required or as a warning in hazardous or Safety First areas. Grooves are machined into the back of the hand grasp portion of the lever to improve grip and/or provide a sensory warning. This option can be used for blind, safety, or accessibility applications. 8L SERIES MAIL BOX LOCKS Special factory prepared adaptations are available for a wide variety of applications. The 8LSPM series of mailbox locks utilizes a modified version (2C) of the standard Best figure 8 core (pictured below). Please refer to The Best Access Systems Adaptation and Equivalent List or contact your local Best Access Systems office concerning specific applications. The 2C core has an extended plug and requires lock disassembly to change the core. The 8L series comes with 7-pin core and may be keyed into any existing Best system. Best mail box locks are adaptable for a variety of different mail box installations. The 8L series and 5E series offer applications commonly found in educational buildings, hotels and motels, dormitories, government buildings, banks, etc. To order: Specify the manufacturer and/or send sample of mail box 2C Core to be adapted to Best (Requires Long Blade Key) Representative. 8USPR Series The 81_7SPR mail box lock features the convenience of the interchangeable core, allowing quick combination change, and is adaptable to a number of different mail box manufacturers. The 8L7SPR can be masterkeyed into any existing Best system. Variations are available for adaptation purposes. To order: Specify mail box manufacturer and style number, and/or send sample of mail box door. 8USPR (Inside) Specifications - 8LSPR Housing - Steel, zinc plated. Cylinder - Machined from solid aluminum. Cylinder head diameter - 1 1/8" Latchbolt - V32" square with bevel. Handing - Right-hand standard - 8LSPR. Finish - 627 standard. 7 E SERIES —SLABBED CABINET MORTISE CYLINDERS The special cylinders are threaded to the head, mounted with a hex nut, and slabbed on both sides to prevent turning in the mounting hole. 1E7D4 Direct motion cam prevents key from being withdrawn in unlocked position. Reversible cam may be assembled for required hand at installation. HOW TO ORDER 7 E l�U4—,, 2700 lost motion cam permits key to be withdrawn when locked or unlocked. Specifications Length - 1 E71314: 1 15/32"from head to cam. 1E7E4: 1 1/4" from head to cam. Cylinder diameter - 1 V3211, 7/8"across flats. Thread - 1.150 - 32 (NS - 2A). Finish - 626 standard. 1 E 7 E4 RP3 626 DiameterCylinder Core Function .. Finishes 1E - 1 5/32 7-7 pin housing 134-direct motion RP-'/ls" and/e" 605 606 accepts all E4-lost motion RP1-'/8" and. 3/16 612 613 Best cores RP2-'/s" and 1A" 625 626 RP3-''/a",'/n" and 3I8" (see cylinder catalog) Wd A,dL\ - 3EST 141 Attn: J. D. Wilson, City of Renton JUN 7 - 2002 CITY OF RENTON Submittal / Transmittal UTILITY SYSTEMS North Talbot Pump Station Rehabilitation & Other Water Facilitl, Modifications Omega Contractors, Inc. / PO Box 430 1 Duvall; WA 98019 / (425) 881-1697 / (425) 883-4718 Fax Item covered by this transmittal Ll' I'O ,) Arf S Submittal No. Item covered by this transmittal Item covered by this transmittal Item covered by this transmittal First Submittal 6 As Specified Comments: Date Received by Engineer: Engineer's comments: ❑ Resubmittal ❑ Substitution Submittal No. Submittal No. Submittal No. Date tD 5 -p Z Date returned to Contractor: Reviewed Revise and Resubmit Rejected Furnish as Corrected Corrections or cxxnnnarts made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve contractor firm eotnplianee with requirements of the drawings and specifications. This check is only for re%aew of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general ccnnpliance witlr the informations given in the eentract doc:urnents. The contractor is respousihle for: conforming and correlating all quantities and dimensions; selecting falnication lwocesses and techniques of oxnstruction; coordinating his work with that of all other trades: and performing his work in a safeand satisfactory manner. City of Renton Yule BY Linear Fluorescent ' � I VRI Ordering Information URA - - Series No. of lamps' VRI 1 For tandem double 2 length unit, add 32 prefix T. Example: TvRI Industrials Intended Use General illumination for rough service (vandal resistant) applications. Ideal for tunnels, canopies, shipping docks, refrig- erated areas, food processing, or any non -hazardous environment that requires a wet location listing. Features Housing — Impact -resistant, UV -resistant, fiberglass -reinforced polyester housing with cold rolled steel enclosed wireway. Lens — High -impact acrylic diffuser stan- dard. Secured to fully-gasketed housing by captive, tamper -resistant cam -action latches. ava'l We 31 Lamp type Lens type' 32 32W T8 (48") (blank) High -impact acrylic, 40 40W T12 (48") 50% DR 48 38W Slimline (48') DP High -impact deep 48HO 60W 800 mA (48") acrylic, 50% DR3 96 75W Slimline (96") PCL Polycarbonate5 96HO 110W 800mA (96') 96T8 59W T8 Slimline (96") 96TBHO 86W T8 380mA (961 Accessories (Order separately) RK1 T20BIT Hex -base driver bit, Torx TX20, for tamper -resistant screws with cen- ter reject pin. RK1 T20DRV Torx TX20 screwdriver, for use with tamper -resistant screws with cen- ter reject pin. Latches — Six tamper -resistant latches per 4' unit, ten per 8' unit. Finish — Painted parts finished with high - gloss, bakedwhite enamel. Five -stage iron - phosphate pretreatment ensures supe- rior paint adhesion and rust resistance . Installation - Suitable for surface, chain or stem mounting. Ballast — Thermally -protected, Class P, High Power Factor Electronic ballast stan- dard. Listings — UL Listed (standard). CSA Certi- fied (see Options). UL listed for wet loca- tions. For product details and performance data, see the FLUORESCENT binder or the on-line catalog at www.lithonia.com. Example: VRI 2 40 DP 120 CW U Voltage Options 120 CSA CSA Certified 277 For other options and accessories, 347 see below and page 42. MVOLT4 NOTES: 1 Lamps not included. 2 32WTBonly. 3 Deep lens is standard on4'slimline,HO(800mA) and 8' fixtures. To match appearance on 4' rapid start, order DP option. 4 Electronic ballast120-277V. MustspecifyGEB101S. 5 Available with 4' standard depth units only. Availability and Dimensions Lamps Lamps per cross per Lamp Width Depth Length Series section fixture type in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm) VRI 1,2,3' 1,2,3 32,40 71/8(19.4) 41/4(12.1) 50(127.0) VRI 1,2,3' 1,2,3 32,40 7%(19.4) 5%(14.3) 50(127.0) (AROP option) TVRI 1,2 2,4 32, 40, 48, 48HO 7% (19.4) 5s/a (14.3) 98 (248.9) VRI 1,2 1,2 96, 96HO 7-%(19.4) 5%(14.3) 98 (248.9) 96T8, 96T8HO I s �?,..,..-...�.- S82 Rough Service Lighting' FSG : /� L/THO/V/A L/GHT/NG Building Mounted Mini Wall-Paks, Polycarbonte Refractor 'TWA Contour° _ Ordering Information Intended Use For entrances, stairwells, corridors and other pedestrian areas. Features Housing — Rear housing is rugged, die- cast aluminum. Corrosion -resistant, cap- tive external hardware includes slotted hex -head and tamperproof fasteners. Fin- ish is dark bronze thermoset polyester powder, electrostatically applied. Optics — Front housing and refractor are one-piece, injection -molded, UV -stabi- lized polycarbonate. High-performance optical system consists of specular anod- ized segmented reflector and computer - designed prism pattern. Standard finish is dark bronze polyester enamel. Refrac- tor sealed with one-piece, high -tempera- ture silicone gasket to inhibit entrance of outside contaminants. Lamp — Medium -base lamp included. Ballast — MH: High -reactance, high -pow- (� 7 05 I Designation Voltage High Pressure Sodium 120 TWA 35S' 2083 TWA 50S2 2403 TWA 10S2 277 TWA 100S2 347 Metal Halide TB4 TWA 50M6 TWA 70M TWA 100M NOTES: 1 120V only. 2 120 R.NPF is standard, 208/240/277/347 and TB are High Reactance High Power Factor. 3 Consult factory for availability in Canada. 4 Optional multi -tap ballast (120,208,240,277V;120,277,347V in Canada). 5 Available in 120,277, or 347V only. 6 Not available with multi -tap ballast. 7 Lamp not included. 8 Quartz lamp wattage not to exceed ballast wattage rating. 9 Black finish only. HID and fluorescent lamps included with luminaire. er factor standard. HPS: Reactor normal power factor standard, HPF available. UL listed. Electrical components are mount- ed to the cast -aluminum housing, promot- ing maximum heat dissipation. (For 50 hertz availability consult factory). Installation — Top 1/2" threaded wiring ac- cess. Back access through 3/4" opening. For feed-thru wiring, use condulet tee (not included). Mount on any flat, non-com- bustible vertical surface. Photocell is field installable. Socket— HID is porcelain, horizontally ori- ented, medium -base socket with copper alloy, nickel -plated screw shell and cen- ter contact. UL listed 660W, 600V and 4KV pulse rated. Listings — UL Listed (standard). CSA or NOM Certified (see Options). UL listed for wet locations. IP65 rated in accordance with IEC standard 529. Options/Accessories Installed SF Single fuse (120, 277, 347V)6 DF Double fuse (208, 240)6 EC Emergency circ uit7,6 QRS Quartz restrike system7,8 CR Corrosion -resistant finish (rear housing only) CRT Corrosion-resistantteflon finish (rear housing only? PE Photocell (button type)6 L/LP Less lamp XHP High power factor ballast (HPS only) Accessories (Order separately) RK1 PEBt Photoelectric control kit, 120V RK1 PEB2 Photoelectric control kit, 277V RK1 PEB3 CSA Photoelectric control kit, 347V TWAWG Wireguard Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted. TWA Height 10(25.4) Width 111/2(29.2) Depth 811/re(5.2) Max weight 14lbs (6.4 kg) For product details and performance data, see the OUTDOOR binder or the on-line catalog at www.lithonia.com. Example: TWA 100M 120 LPI Architectural Colors (optional) DNA Natural aluminum DBL Black DMB Medium bronze DWH White CSA CSA Certified NOM NOM Certified (consult factory) L_PI Lamp LPI Lamp included as standard Lamp/Fixture/Ballast Data Weight Wattage Ballast Lbs. Kg. High Pressure Sodium (Med/Clear) 35 RNP 11 5 50 RNP 11 5 50 XHP 11 5 70 RNP 11 5 100 RNP 11 5 Metal Halide 50 XHP 14 6.4 70 XHP 14 6.4 100 XHP 14 6.4 �f 330 Outdoor Lighting PS67 IA 11r"MV/A L/GHT//VG FEATURES HOUSING • Engineering -grade polycarbonate housing is impact -resistant, scratch - resistant and corrosion- proof. UL94V-0 flame rating. UV -stable resin re- sists discoloration from natural and man-made light sources. • Rugged unibody housing snaps together with no additional fasteners. Faceplate and back cover are interchangeable on housing. Positive snap -fit tabs hold faceplate securely, yet pry out easily for lamp com- partment access. Universal, directional chevron inserts are easily re- moved and reinserted. • Two 5AW T-5 wedge -base tungsten lamps with molded, metallized relector and high -impact polycarbonate lenses provide superior optical control. Unique track and swivel arrangement permits full range of di- rection in lamp head adjustment. • Uniform graphics illumination without shadows or hot spots. Reinforced, impact -resistant color panels. Letters 6' high with 3/4' stroke. • 19,000 hours expected lamp life. • Patent pending. BATTERY • Sealed, maintenance -free lead -calcium battery delivers 90 minutes ca- pacity to emergency lamps. 24-hour recharge after 90-minute discharge. Test switch and LED provide visual and manual means of monitoring system operation. Slip-on battery terminals and polarized battery con- nector simplify installation and maintenance. Optional high -output bat- tery (HO) to power a remote head or exit. See chart on back for details. ELECTRONICS • Custom microchip charger, developed by Lithonia Emergency Systems, provides increased reliability and maximizes battery life. AC/LVD reset allows battery connection before AC power is applied and prevents bat- tery damage from deep discharge. • Two -rate regulated charger minimizes energy consumption and provides low -operating costs. Filtered charger output minimizes charge voltage ripple and extends battery life. Thermal protection senses circuitry tem- perature and adjusts charge current to prevent overheating and charger failure. Current -limiting charger circuitry protects printed circuit boards from shorts. • Brownout protection. MOUNTING Type Catalog number Polycarbonate Exit/Unit Combo HUM Incandescent Lamps KEXIT� • Easily removed mounting knockouts. J-box pattern on back panel. CODES • UL listed. Meets UL 924, UL 1571, NFPA 101 (current Life Safety Code), NEC and OSHA illumination standards and State of North Carolina Dept. of Insurance specifications. WARRANTY • Top or back mounting. Housing snaps to canopy with four positive -lock-• Three-year total customer satisfaction warranty. See ing tabs. Cam locking pin secures housing to canopy. ��, S� Product Selection Guide for details. ORDERING INFORMATION Example: HQM S W 1 R 120/277 FI HUM W ! Cr 120/277 Family Face type Number of 'Panel color Input Options HQM Incandes- S Stencil faces Red voltage FI Fire alarm flashing interface) cent exit/ P Panel 1 Single face G Green 1 120/277 Dual F Flashingemergency operation 66 flashes/min.)' unit voltage g y p 3 Single face Wg l itte on red FA Flashing emergency operation and intermittent Housing with extra RW Red on white audible alarm 166 times/min.; alarm 75 dB at 100cm) color faceplate GW Green on white H Two 6W tungsten halogen lamps24 and color W White panel WG White on green N Maintenance -free nickel -cadmium battery2,3 R/G Two color HC High charge indication3 panels Ired and HO High output lead -calcium battery° green) RO Less lamp heads Accessories Order as separate catalog number. ELA CDS N0606 New compact designer square matches HQM Combo head (6V, 6W incandescent) ELA CDS H0606 New compact designer square matches HQM Combo head (6V, 6W halogen) ELA IDS H0606 Designer square remote fixture 0, 6W halogen) Notes: 1 Choice of F or FI. Not available with both. ELA IDS N0806 Designer square remote fixture (6V, 8W incandescent) 2 Choice of H or N. Not available with both. ELA DS H0806 Designer square remote fixture (6V, 8W halogen) 3 Choice of N or HC. Not available with both. ELA NX H0606 NEMA V, sealed beam remote fixture (6V,6W halogen) a Choice of H or HO. Not available with both. fA L/THO/V/A L/GHT/NG EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTEMS EX-676 HQM Incandescent Exit/Unit Combo, Quantum < A SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL AC lamp Rated DC lamp Rated Supply Max. Float Max. description life, description life voltage amps watts watts Two 15T6 15W Avg. Two #909 3.6W i20 120 23 23 candelabra 19,000 wedge -base .28 incandescent hrs. incandescent h30 26 20 20 BATTERY Shelf Expected Optimum Voltage life' life' Maintenance temperature' Lead calcium 6 6 months 5-8 years none' 60°-90°F Nicad (N) 6 3 years 7-9 years none' 32°-100°F Notes: 1 Based on continuous operation. 2 At 77°F. 3 Periodic system status test recommended. 4 Optimum ambient temperature range where unit will provide capacity for 90 minutes. Higher and lower temperatures affect life and capacity. Consult factoryfor detailed information. REMOTE OUTPUT CAPACITY Combo\ Combo\ Combolno Combo\ Combo, high- no heads (RO) & Standard nicad halogen output heads high -output combo battery (N) lamps (H) battery (HO) (RO) battery (HO) NA NA NA 6W 10.8Vd 16.8W KEY FEATURES Fully assembled at factory EX-676 ® 1995 Lithonia Lighting, Rev. 2/96 EX-676.PM5 l Install only one fixture instead of two. MOUNTING All dimensions are inches (millimeters). Shipping weight: 6.5lbs. 13.0 kgs.). BACK TOP 22-3/4 (578) (578) T I 10-1/4 11-114 (260) (286) 9- 13-314 1 q (349) _� (102) BACK PLATE W6-7j8 10-1/4 (260) (130) 13-3/4 (349) 0"A L/THOMIA L/GHT/NG EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTEMS ONE LITHONIA WAY, DECATUR, GEORGIA 30035. TELEPHONE 770 987.4200. FAX 770 981.8141 IN CANADA: 1100 50TH AVE.. LACHINE. OUEBEC H8T 2V3. A UNIT OF N.S.I. HOLDINGS. INC. Mini -Floodlight (Lamp Included) ORDERING SEQUENCE CATALOG NUMBER VOLTAGE OPTIONS (Factory Installed) TFS 70S p ❑ 120 ❑ 2081 ❑ 2401 ❑ 2771 ❑ TB' WATTS WT. Ibs kg. NEMA DIST. BEAM SPREAD 70 8 4 16.7 125°H x 135°V Notes: 1. Requires Optional Ballast type. See Matrix. 2. Optional Multi -Tap Ballast (120, 208, 240, 277V) 3. May be ordered separately, without fixture. MUST see Flood Accessories Sheet for ordering information. Shipped Installed In Fixture ❑ SF Single Fuse (120, 277V) (n/a w/ TB) (n/a w/ RHP) ❑ L/LP Less Lamp ❑ PE Photocell (n/a w/ TB) ❑ YK Yoke Mounting includes 3' Prewired SEO Cable ❑ CR Corrosion Resistant Finish (polyester) ❑ RHP Reactor High Power Factor Ballast (see matrix) ❑ XHP High Reactance High Power Factor Ballast (see matrix) ❑ CWA Constant Wattage Auto Transformer (see matrix) Architectural Colors (painted finish) ❑ OMB Medium Bronze ❑ DBL Black ❑ DNA Natural Aluminum ❑ DSS Sand Stone ❑ DGC Charcoal Grey ❑ DTG Tennis Green ❑ DBR Bright Red ❑ DSB Steel Blue Shipped Separately 3 ❑ TS Tenon Slipfitter(1-1/2'to 2-3/8' O.D. tenon) ❑ WG Wire Guard ❑ UV Upper Visor ❑ FV Full Visor (upper & side) ❑ VG Vandal Guard (polycarbonate shield) T 7 12' 12' 0 0 8' —1 5' Ballast Matrix Voltage 120' 120 120 120 208 240 277 277 T8 Type RNP RHP XHP CWA XHP XHP XHP CWA sg. Size 5' 5' 8' 8' 8' B' 8' 8' 8' 'Standard ACCESSORIES (Field Installed) (order as separate line item) Cat. No. Description PEK Photocell Kit (120V only) Fixture Type: TFS HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM low SPECIFICATIONS HOUSING - NEMA heavy duty construction. Die-cast aluminum housing and front cover. Front cover is hinged for easy internal access. Lens is heavy duty thermal shock -resistant clear tempered glass. Standard finish is dark bronze TGIC polyester powder electro- statically applied and oven cured. OPTICAL - Anodized aluminum faceted parabolic construction provides high efficiencies. Medium base lamp is included. ELECTRICAL - All electrical components are mounted to the cast aluminum housing. Ballast, 100% copper wound and factory tested, is reactor normal power factor, 120V. See matrix for optional ballast types and housing size. INSTALLATION - Die-cast aluminum 1/2' NPT mounting knuckle with vertical degree aiming scale is standard. Steel painted mounting yoke and 3 ft. N16 SEO cable is optional. LISTING - UL 1572 listed suitable for wet locations. SOCKET - Porcelain, vertically oriented medium base socket with copper alloy nickel plated shell and center contact. UL listed 4KV pulse rated,150OW - 60OV. OFALITHONIA HI--TEK INDUSTRIAL/OUTDOOR LIGHTING A DIVISION OF LITHONIA LIGHTING TFS S3 A PHOTOMETRIC DATA The charts below provide the most useful data from photometric tests of specific lamp/luminaire combinations. For complete results of any combination shown, or other requirements, contact your LITHONIA representative. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS WATTAGE/ BALLAST PRIMARY VOLTAGE LINE CURRENT (AMPS) PRIMARY DROPOUT INPUT WATTS POWER FACTOR N REGULATION LINE V = LAMP LUMEN 70 RNP 120 2.10 /1 .60 96 86 - ± 5% = within trapezoid 70 RHP 120 .89 / .75 96 86 90 ± 5% = within trapeziod 70 XHP 120 .75 / .81 96 88 90 ± 5% _ ± 10% 208 .45 / .47 166 88 90 ± 5% _ ± 10% 240 .37 / .40 192 88 90 ± 5% _ ± 10% 277 .35 / .35 222 88 90 ± 5% _ ± 10% 70 CWA 120 .85 / .85 90 95 90 ± 10% = within trapezoid 277 .36 / .36 208 95 90 ± 10% = within trapeziod Tested to current IES and NEMA standards under stablized laboratory conditions. Various operating factors can cause diflerences between laboratory data and actual field measurements. Dimensions and specifications in this catalog are based on the most current available data and are subject to change. ALITHONIA TFS s3 "MOW'H/--TEK © 1989 LITHONIA LIGHTING, Rev., 5/90 INDUSTRIAL/OUTDOOR LIGHTING A DIVISION OF LITHONIA LIGHTING Division National Service Industries P.O. BOX 72, CRAWFORDSVILLE. INDIANA 47933 • TELEPHONE 317 362-1837 • FAX 317 362 9083 Attn: J. D. Wilson, City of Renton JUR1 10 2002 Submittal / Transmittal 0TI CIT;r SRSroMON North Talbot Pump Station Rehabilitation & Other HlWer Facilith Modifications Omega Contractors, Inc. / PO Box 430 / Duvall; WA 98019 / (425) 881-1697 / (425) 883-4718 Fax Item covered by this transmittal w r di Submittal No. F Item covered by this transmittal Item covered by this transmittal Item covered by this transmittal '>Q First Submittal JC As Specified Comments: Date Received by Engineer: Engineer's comments: 0 Resubmittal D Substitution Submittal No. Submittal No. Submittal No. Date 6r, 6 - b Date returned to Contractor: Reviewed Revise and Resubmit Rejected Furnish as Corrected Corrections or connnerns made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with requirement., of the drawings and spwifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance widr the infionrration given in the contract docunitaits. The contractor is responsible ftw: confiorming and correlating ail quantities and dimensions; selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction; ecwdinating his woA with that of all other trades; and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner. City of Renton Date — By OASIS.? Repair ,J Pa.es Available 1 800-323-0620 S SA2328 OASIS LOW TEMPERATURE DEHUMIDIFIER Nc. 3H355 OASIS LIMITED WARRANTY [-Year parts and labor free from date of purchase with an addi. tional 4-years on any part of the sealed refrigeration system. ■ Helps eliminate excess moisture and mildew ■ Automatic Humidistat maintains selected humidity ■ Frost control shuts off dehumidifier, resumes after frost has melted ■ l 15V, 60Hz ■ RIt34A OASIS. Repair ,r Parts Available - 1-800-323-0620�� U� SP r No. 5E822 OASIS LIMITED WARRANTY 1-Year parts and labor frre from date of purctuse. Helps prevent humidity and moisture dam- age in enclosed areas with temperatures as low as 40aF. Designed for problem indus- trial applications such as sewage lift sta- tions, telephone relay rooms, fire and flood cleanup where ambient temperatures do not exceed 75aF. When ice forms on the evaporator coil, a temperature sensing thermostat diverts the hot refrigerant gas through the evapo- rator coil until the ice has melted. Normal dehumidifying resumes when the evapora- tor coil has been defrosted. Being a com- mercial unit, higher noise levels are pro- duced than residential models (should not be operated in noise sensitive areas). Sound level rating is below 65 decibels. Greystone vinyl -on -steel laminate cabinet with impact -resistant polystyrene grille. Three point suspension. Concealed rollers. Adjustable Humidistat automatically turns unit on and off at preselected moisture lev- els. Off and continuous run positions are indicated. To prevent overflow, unit shuts off automatically when moisture container is full and activates red signal light. Ten quart water container has hand grips on both sides. For continuous moisture removal to a floor drain, coil drip tray has garden hose connection fitting. Comes with 3-wire service cord and polar- ized plug .'21Y+H x 15W x 1.4'/"D. 115 volts, 60 Hz, 7.7 amps, 265 CFM. UL Listed (SA2338). Oasis brand (OD 3800HG). No. 3141356. Shpg. wt. 58.0 lbs. List •$6 L20. Each............................................. CAPACITY PINTS PER 24 HOURS" Room Temp. %Relative Humidity ("F) 60 �Y70 .� Be 65 60 21 111W —28 22 55 8 13 17 OASIS COMMERCIAL DEHUMIDIFIERS ■ Ambient range 40-75 aF • Heavy-duty 16-gauge cabinet ■ Convenient cord wrap brackets ■ Furnished with 3-wire service cord and polarized plug ■ Cll,anahle foam filter keeps evapor for coils and --condenser free from lint and dust evaporator coils from ■ Automatic De 'distal control locate ide cabinet ■ Built-in condensate pump f ntinuous moi sure removal. M m lift t, enty feet ■ 20 ft. plastic h included ■ Aut evaporator defrost umidifiers help prevent humidity and moisture damage in enclosed areas with temperatures as low as 40aF. Designed for problem industrial applications st as sewage lift stations, telepho relay rooms, fire and flood cleanu When frost forms on the a' orator coil, a temperature-sensirt ermostat activates a timer. Frost wt ontinue to accumulate for one hour. mer will then shut-off the compress , but the fan will continue to opera nti move warm air over the coil un ' it is defrosted. Compressor starts ain and the cycle repeats. No. 5E821 dehumidifier has 2 wheels and handle for easy portability; No. 5E822 dehumidifier has 4 wheels and handle for easy portability. Oasis brand. CAPACITY PINTS PER 24 HOURS Room 4i! W. Relative Humidity emperature 'do, 5:821 No. 5E882 'F) Dehumidifier Dehumidifier 70 30 63 60 20 45 50 11 22 40 12 Capacit1yy Total Refrigerant Dimensions(K)t Oasis Stock Shp0. ®T F (Rs.) Volts t Amps Refrigerant Charge (Or.) CFM H W 0 Color Model No. List Each MMII1t 30 115+1-11' 1 60 10.2 R-134a 12 330 219 15'/" 14% Mocha Tan OC-45 5E821 $1108.37 �.88.063 115+1.1 Ph 60 95 R134A21 560 25%s 19%16% Mocha Tan DC-75 5EB22 1539.35 Withnnf hn d wheels. 3584 GRAINGER ■ 24V, 60 Hz, 3-Watt mot ■ Evaporative capacities ■ For gas, oil, electric h ■ Treated with Ultra -Fr( cleaner is Humidistat required; . ■ 115 to 24V transformE No. 2E384, 19.34 Convair-Cone provi through evaporato snap -off cover wit Case constructed ABS plastic. Water plastic for long -life float valve. Supplie bypass duct, air b collar assembly an - No. 4E232, 17.0-13 allows maximum around evaporativ motor, viewing po control. Case is of plastic constructio lation hardware. No. 2E390, 15.0-G. humidifier for ha runs through eva tube, flushing awl longer pad life. C; or cold air plea m horizontal furnace 6" diameter duct. Operates on air I fan, pump or float saver" solenoid v, case. Removable panel. Stock No. Type 2E384 Wheel Bypa 4E232 Wheel Bypa 2E390 Drain Bypas 2E463 Wheel Bypa (4) Inside: from plemim or tion outside (minimum,im Humid Stock 1E957,2E095,2E18 ZE384 2E463, 4E232 2E577 f �) Ili dies Type Wheel Bypass Wheel Bypass Drain Bypass Wheel Bypass 110' plenum Irngn' ENGINEERS P L A N N E R S S C I E N T I S T S 300 Simon Street SE; Suite 5 East Wenatchee, WA 98802 509-886-2900 800-720-8052 Fax 509-886-2313 Project Submittal Review North Talbot Pump Station Rehabilitation & Other Water Facility Modifications Contractor. Omega Contractors, Inc. Subcontractor. Submittal No: 6 Submittal Date: 6/6/02 Project No: REN 101-032 Review edW. DJ En*w. r: MJ'q ® Reviewed ❑ Rejected ❑ Revise and Resubmit ❑ Furnish as Corrected ltem(s )Reviewed and Comments: Item Approval Action Comment Key Switch Enclosure Lock Reviewed corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with the requirements of the drawings and specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. The contractor is responsible for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordinating his work with that of all other trades, and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner. J:\data\REN\101-032\Submittals\submittal #6.doc SL SERIES MAIL BOX LOCKS Special factory prepared adaptations are available for a wide variety of applications. The 8LSPM series of mailbox locks utilizes a modified version (2C) of the standard Best figure 8 core (pictured below). Please refer to The Best Access Systems Adaptation and Equivalent List or contact your local Best Access Systems office concerning specific applications. The 2C core has an extended plug and requires lock disassembly to change the core. The 8L series comes with 7-pin core and may be keyed into any existing Best system. Best mail box locks are adaptable for a variety of different mail box installations. The 8L series and 5E series offer applications commonly found in educational buildings, hotels and motels, �5T dormitories, government %:: buildings, banks, etc. To order: Specify the manufacturer and/or send sample of mail box 2C Core to be adapted to Best (Requires Long Blade Key) Representative. 8USPR Series The 8L7SPR mail box lock features the convenience of the interchangeable core, allowing quick combination change, and is adaptable to a number of different mail box manufacturers. The 8L7SPR can be masterkeyed into any existing Best system. Variations are available for adaptation purposes. To order: Specify mail box manufacturer and style ' number, and/or send sample of mail box door. 8L7SPR (Inside) Specifications - 8LSPR Housing - Steel, zinc plated. Cylinder - Machined from solid aluminum. Cylinder head diameter - 1 '/a" Latchbolt - 9/32" square with bevel. Handing - Right-hand standard - 8LSPR. Finish - 627 standard. 7 E SERIES —SLABBED CABINET MORTISE CYLINDERS The special cylinders are threaded to the head, mounted with a hex nut, and slabbed on both sides to prevent turning in the mounting hole. 1E7D4 Direct motion cam prevents key from being withdrawn in unlocked position. Reversible cam may be assembled for required hand at installation. HOW TO ORDER 7 E FE7E-4 2700 lost motion cam permits key to be withdrawn when locked or unlocked. Specifications Length - 1UN: 1 15/32"from head to cam. 1 E7E4: 1 1/4" from head to cam. Cylinder diameter - 1 V3211, 7/8"across flats. Thread - 1.150 - 32 (NS - 2A). Finish - 626 standard. 1 E 7 E4 RP3 626 Cylinder Core Function Finishes Diameter Housing .. 1E - 1 5/32 7-7 pin housing D4-direct motion RP-3/,6" and 3/e" 605 606 accepts all E4-lost motion RP1-'/8" and 3/Is" 612 613 Best cores RP2-'/a" and '/4" 625 626 RP3-'/8",'/4" and 3/s" (see cylinder catalog) AM\ - BEST RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 300 Simon Street SE, Suite 5 East Wenatchee, WA 98802 E N G I N E E R 5 P A _._.- (509) 886-2900 or (800) 720-8052 N N E R S _ S c i E a T rS T S Fax: (509) 886-2313 TO: Omega Co actors, Inc. P.O. $e c�430 Dull, WA 98019-0430 i Sent Via: U.S. Mail WE ARE SENDING YOU THE FOLLOWING: Letter of Transmittal DATE: 6/6/02 JOB NO.: REN 101.032.03 ATTENTION: Mr, G y Wagster RE: City of Renton - Nort "D Submittals JUt1 10 1002 ur-iu OF 3 N SON X Attached Under Separate Cover Via: Shop Drawings Prints Plans Samples Specifications Copy of Letter Change Order Submittals COPIES DATE NO. DESCRIPTION 3 6/5/02 Submittal No. 3 (furnish as corrected) 3 6/5/02 Submittal Nos. 4 & 5 (reviewed) 3 6/6/02 Submittal No. 6 (reviewed) THESE ARE TRANSMITTED AS CHECKED BELOW: For approval Approved as submitted Resubmit copies for approval X For your use Approved as noted Submit copies for distribution As requested Returned for corrections Return _ corrected prints For your information Signature For review and comment For bids due: Prints returned after loan to us REMARKS COPY TO: N1r. J.D. Wilson, P.E., City of Renton I SIGNED: Mark Miller, P.E. I EXT: 5372 060602 4.50 P%1 J:\data\PEN\101-032\Submittals\Trans-GWagster-submittals 3,4,5,6.doc 300 Simon Street SE; Suite 5 East Wenatchee, WA 98802 509-886-2900 800-720-8052 Fax 509-886-2313 Project Submittal Review Project Name: North Talbot Pump Station Rehabilitation & Other Water Facility Modifications Contractor. Omega Contractors, Inc. Subcontractor. Submittal No: 3A & 5 Submittal Date: 6/5/02 Project No: REN 101-032 Review ed ®y. DJ B Bt*eer: 7yjL y1? ® Reviewed ❑ Rejected ❑ Revise and Resubmit ® Furnish as Corrected Items )Reviewed and Comments: Item Approval Comment Action Key Switch Enclosure Fumish as corrected Provide Nema 4 enclosure with BEST lock key as specified. Door Switch Reviewed Intrusion Key Switches & J-Box Reviewed corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with the requirements of the drawings and specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. The contractor is responsible for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, selectinc fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordinating his work with that of all other trades, and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner. J:\data\REN\101-032\Submittals\submittal #3A & 5.doc r.-,:�' 1I.. 'rr , , I . � 11r+ IIUaUr 5or&-.urr4.r uln 1 C JJJ.7,J / CC7 v -e Hinge Side View 0.100 (+0.00010.0,5� SEAL GAP Z °z' i I Hinge Side Eclipse Junior Series - NEMA 12, 13, 4 Single Door Endosures Front View C.sr; f I F C. End View Latch Side View --ft , 00 1--1 D j0 0.35 Et j o.sc Z5� 0.3i Quarter Turn Latch Part Overaiill Dimensions Panel Size Ship Wt. No. A H C N G D E J F lbs. EJ443 4.00 4.00 3.00 2.00 4.75 - - 2.00 - 2 EJ643 6.00 4.00 100 2.00 6.75 4.88 288 3-00 2.92 2 EJ683 6.00 8.00 3.50 6.00 6.75 4.88 6.75 3.00 3.42 5 EJB63 &00 6.00 3.50 4.00 8.75 6.75 4.88 4.00 3.42 5 EJ444 4.00 4.00 4.00 2.00 4.75 - - 2.00 - 3 E3644 6.00 4.00 4.00 2-00 6.75 4.88 2.88 3-00 3.92 3 EJ664 6.OD 6.00 4.00 4.00 6.75 4.88 4.88 3.00 3.92 4 EJ884 8.00 8.00 400 6.01) 8.75 6.75 6.88 4.00 3.92 7 EJ8104 8.00 10.00 4.00 8.00 8.75 6.88 8.75 4.00 3.92 8 EJ1O84 10.00 8.00 4.00 6.00 10.75 8.75 6.88 5.OD 3.92 8 E31264 12.00 6.D0 4.00 4.00 12.75 10.75 4.88 6.00 3.92 8 EJ10125 10.00 12.01) 5.00 10.00 10.75 8.98 10.75 5.00 4.92 10 EJ12105 12.00 10.00 5.00 8.06 12.75 10.75 8.88 6.00 4.92 12 EJ866 8.OD 6.00 6.00 4.OD 8.75 6.75 4.88 4-00 5.92 7 EJ1086 1 D.00 8.00 6.00 6.0D 10-75 8.75 6.83 5.00 5.92 10 EJ10106 10.00 10.00 &00 8.00 10.75 B.75 8.88 5-00 5.92 12 EJ12126 12.00 12.00 6.00 10.00 12.75 10.75 10.88 6.00 5.92 15 EJ12146 12.OD 14.00 6-00 12.0D 12.75 10.88 12.75 6.00 5.92 17 EJ1486 14.00 8.00 6.00 6.00 14.75 12.75 6.88 7.00 5.92 10 EJ14126 14.DD 12.00 6.00 10.0D 14.75 12.75 10.83 7.00 5.92 17 EJ14166 14.D0 16.00 6.00 14.00 14.75 12.88 14.75 7.00 5.92 21 EJ16106 16.0D 10.00 6.00 B.OD 16.75 14.75 8.88 6.00 5.92 15 EJ16146 16.13D 14.00 6.00 12.00 16.75 14.75 12.88 8.00 5.92 21 Ed12106 12.DD 10.00 8.00 8.00 12.75 10.75 8.88 6.00 7.92 15 --- EJ14128 14.D0 12.00 8.00 10.DD 14.75 12.75 10.88 7.00 7.92 18 EJ16148 16.OD 14.00 8.00 12.DD 16.75 14.75 12.88 8.00 7.92 22 U161410 1E3.DD 14.00 10.00 12.00 16.75 14.75 12.80 6.00 9.92 23 TectrnlGal relerences and OXF dowrdoads available at www.haran,ondenclosurss.c m AN dimensions in Inches unless specified otherwise Qvality Enclosures, Service Excellence, A Nsm,ntptlJd OnlAonluAnn �.On"40. Rio a?i ?Of ri �,�5 dGf..R'77!) l ICI. 71f. ✓;41 A7A j nata Subind In eharvw- without notice 1-1 t7:� UJ LA 4: IJT: 1 Up+ VIU f UI-U 1 � 4-Uf"1,. l LJ.7 0.70.3 f L J Fr . 1 Eclipse Junior Series - NEMA 12, 13, 4 Single Door Enctosuves - Galvanized darter Parcel inner Panel included provides excellent grounding ` Integral it oLmling Feet 4,top and bottom ilk lillili Single Quarter Turn Lock easy to open and close Application Designed to enclose electrical and/ or electronic equipment and protect against harsh, industrial environments. • For use as instrument enclosures, electric, hydraulic or pneumatic control housings, electrical junction boxes or terminal wiring enclosures, Impressive styling features make the Eclipse Junior a suitable addition to any high-tech equipment installation. Standards UL 508 Type 3R, 4, 12 and 13 - GSA Type 3R, 4, 12 and 13 Complies with • NEMA Type 3R, 4.12 and 13 • IEC 529. 1P66 stainless steel Piano Hinge provides 180' opening Construction Body and cover are formed from 18 gauge steel. • Smooth, continuously welded seams without knockouts, cutouts, or holes. • Formed lip on enclosure to exclude flowing liquids and contaminants. • 14 gauge welded brackets provide for enclosure mounting- - Continuously hinged cover has 304 stainless steel hinges and provides 180' opening - Door latches feature the added safety of quarter tum slot requiring use of tool for opening. Quarter turn latches formed from black zinc diecast. • Oil resistant gaskets are permanently secured. - Models larger than 4"x4" include a removable 14 gauge galvanized inner panel. - Internal threaded weld studs are provided for mounting Inner panels. - A bonding scud is provided on the door and a grounding stud is provided on the enclosure. - Includes grounding kit and a hardware kit with panel motsiting screws. Technical references and DXF downloads available at wwrf.hammondenclosures.mn) nuip channels fluid away tram file gasket Finish Cover and enclosure are finished in recoatable smooth ANSIIASA 61 gray powder coating. Inner panels are unpainted galvanized. steel. Accessories • Breather kits —see E-s page 371 • Fitter fans...see E-3 page 353-365 • Louvered ventilating plates ...see E-3 page 392 • Padlocking provision see EJ-Ot page 4 • Terminal kit assemblies ...see E 3 page 362 • Thermostats..,seeE-3page 371 • Window kits...seeF-3pw3B7 • Wing knob lock... see Li -or page.0 Modifications - Consult the factory for the following modification possibilities: - paint color size change cutouts and more.... All dimensions in inches unless specified otherwise 2 Quality Encosures. Service Excellence. W Hammond Manuiarturinn Canada 5i° R� a a 905.456.aZ7s1 •,.S1SA: i16.63.1..8281 Cala,Subicc[ to chance without notice Contact rating .......... Horsepower rating ............................ Operating temperature ..................... Switch type ........................................ Switch lock action ............................. Number of switches per assembly.. Hole cutout .............................. 30 VDC, 15 amps, resistive 125 VDC, 0.6 amps, resistive 250 VDC, 0.3 amps, resistive 125 VAC, 15 amps, resistive 125 VAC, 5 amps, lamp 250 VAC, 15 amps, resistive ......................................... 125-250 VAC, 112 HP ......................................... up to +176°F (+80°C) ...................... SPDT (Single pole -double throw) ............................................. Maintained (on -on) .................................. 1 W7132: one 1 W7J2: two 1 'A" Back view 2 "/32" Side view 1/8" The shaded area shows the additional 1 W7J2 switch and cam"length Key & switch positions Remove key Optional boxes OC1 DWR 7 W71132 Be 7 W7J2 C1 W7B2—one switch NC Y NC NC OC2 INT a NO SWR (1W7B2 only) NO � � NO � Y NC NO 1 W7J2—two switches Key pos. 1 Swt. pos. 1 Key pos. 2 Swt. pos. 2 Key pos. 1 and 2 (360oCCW) Swt. pos. 1 and 2 Contact rating.................................................................. 30 VDC, 15 amps, resistive 7 W 7 B3 Sc 7 W 7J 3 125 VDC, 0.6 amps, resistive 250 VDC, 0.3 amps, resistive ; 125 VAC, 15 amps, resistive 125 VAC, 5 amps, lamp 250 VAC, 15 amps, resistive Horsepower ratin P g..................................................................... 125-250 VAC, 1/2 HP Operating temperature.............................................................. up to +176'F (+80°C) Switch type.............................................................. SPDT (Single pole -double throw) Switch lock action ................... ....... Momentary (on -on) Number of switches per assembly .................................... 1 W7B3: one 1 W7J3: two 211/32 - 115/16"- 1 W763—one switch I 31 /32 11 15/32 I Hole cutout Back view The shaded area shows the additional WA A switch and cam length. Side view Key & switch positions Remove key Optional boxes OC1 DWR 4 NC Y NC � SW NC INT -p%' SWR (1W763only) f NO Key pos. 1 Swt. pos. 1 • � NO Key pos. 2 Swt. pos. 2 1 NO Key pos. 1 Swt. pos. 1 1 W7J3—two switches A\ T E L C-) C�: f OPTIONAL BOXES O 0 0 i 00 0 0 OCl OC2 ANT Standard octagon center mount Deep octagon offset mount Interior 6ox_) 3'12" H x 3'/2" W x 1 5/8" D 3'/2' H x 3'/2" W x 3'/<" D 4"H x 2'/8"W x 11/e"D SWR Standard weather resistant box 4 e/a"H x 2'/8"W x 21/4"D 'h. 0 0 DWR Deep weather resistant box 45/e"Hx2'/e"Wx3"D HW Sc KW OPTIONS AL —Besides complying with a wide variety of accessibility codes and ordinances, Best Access Systems lever handles are available with a special abrasive feature. Abrasive strip on the lever immediately identifies warnings on doors to hazardous areas for the blind. IDH—The integrated Door Hardware groups three components into one hardware package. 1. Door monitoring switch (normally closed) 2. Request -to -Exit switch (normally open or normally closed) 3. Electrically controlled locking mechanism. KNL—Knurl feature is available only on #6 knobs. The knurling is machined into the outer edge of the knob. The knurled feature can be used for blind, safety, or accessibility applications. LL—Lead lined feature can be used to protect against X-rays. Since the majority of lead lined doors contain the lead in the surface of the door, the knob lockset provide lead lining for the holes cut in the door when preparing the door for the trim. SH—Security head provided for all exposed screws. ROE —Cylindrical or Mortise locksets can be supplied with a request -to -exit switch. A normally open switch provides momentary switch closure when the inside lever/knob is rotated. TAC—Grooves are machined into knobs to improve grip or to be used as a warning in hazardous areas. This option can be used for blind, safety or accessibility applications. Thick door —Specify thickness if other than 1 114" . TL—Tactile levers may be used in areas where improved grip is required or as a warning in hazardous or Safety First areas. Grooves are machined into the back of the hand grasp portion of the lever to improve grip and/or provide a sensory warning. This option can be used for blind, safety, or accessibility applications. tl E ILJ L O C !. A3, s SENTROL 2500 SERIES Installation Instructions Models: 2505, 2505-A, 2507, 2507=A 2507-AD, 2507-AH Installation to LISTED Models 2505, 2505-A, 2507, 2507-A, 2507-AD: Mount switch and magnet so both labels read in same direction (see illustration). Switch position and gap distances will be reduced with switch and magnet positioned incorrectly. Model 2507-AH: Mount switch in desired location. Attach an ohmmeter to black and white wires. The meter should read infinity with magnet away from switch. Bring magnet toward switch until meter reads zero ohms. Mark this point and bring the magnet closer to the switch until meter again reads infinity. Mark this point and position magnet between the two marks; align magnet with switch so labels read in same direction. With magnet posi- tioned in this manner, switch will be harder to defeat with an external magnet. Lead Functions Form A (models 2505, 2505-A) use black leads Form C (models 2507, 2507-A, 2507-AD, 2507-AH) Lead Color Function Black Common White Closed Loop (NO) Red Open Loop (NC) Ordering Information 2.00' 5.08 cm O SENTROE O 1.00' 2 .54 cm 3.00' 7.62 cm 0.50' Mounting Holes 0.156 Dill.-O SENTROL° O 1.27 an Magnet Part No. 1920 (indudcd) Caution: Only use screws supplied, or 18/8 stainless steel screws. Specifications Form A (2505, 2505-A) Voltage..........................................................100 VAC/DC max. Current..................................................................... 0.5 A max. Power...................................................................... 7.5 W max. Form C (2507,125507 A! 2507-AH, 2507-AD) Voltage.......................................................... 30 VAC/DC max. Current................................................................... 0.25 A max. Power...................................................................... 3.0 W max. ULC Specifications Form A (2505, 2505-A), Form C (2507, 2507-A, 2507-AH, 2507-AD) Voltage...................................................................30VDC max. Current......................................................................50mA max. European Union Specification Form A (2505, 2505-A) Voltage..................................... Current..................................... ......................48V AC/DC max. ..................................0.5A max. Model Number Loop Type Electrical Configuration Finish .Gap Distance ;. (Make)* Lead Type Listing 2505 Closed NO Anodized Up to 3" 3' vinyl jacketed UL, ULC 2505-A Closed NO Anodized Up to 3" 3' stainless steel armored cable UL, ULC 2507 Open or Closed SPDT Anodized Up to 3" 3' vinyl jacketed UL, ULC 2507-Aj Open or Closed SPDT Anodized Up to 3" 3' stainless steel armored cable UL, ULC 2507-AD Open or Closed DPDT Anodized Up to 1 1/2" 3' stainless steel armored cable UL 2507-AH Open or Closed SPDT Anodized 3/4" Min, 2 112" Max 3' stainless steel armored cable UL * Gap distances are nominal make distance ± 20%. CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS 12345 SW Leveton Dr., Tualatin, OR 97062 Tel.:503.692.4052 Fax:503.691.7566 hftp://www.sentrol.com U.S. & Canada: 800.547.2556 Technical Service: 800.648.7424 SENTROL FaxBack:800.483.2495 Sentrol reserves the right to change specifications without notice. © 2000 Sentrol 1030557 Rev B 09100 RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. 300 Simon Street SE, Suite 5 East Wenatchee, WA 98802 r A 14G.IN N. e R g L -- (509) 886-2900 or (800) 720-8052 s c i e N T1 s r sNW Fax: (509) 886-2313 TO: Omega Con ctors, Inc. P.O. Bob 30 Duvall, WA 98019-0430 "Sent Via: U.S. Mail WE ARE SENDING YOU THE FOLLOWING: Letter of Transmittal DATE: 7/l/02 1 JOB NO.: REN 101.032.05 1 ATTENTION: Mr. Gordy Wagster RE: City of Renton - North Talbot Pump Stn. Rehabilitation - Submittals X Attached Under Separate Cover Via: Shop Drawings Prints Plans Samples Specifications Copy of Letter Change Order Submittals COPIES DATE NO. DESCRIPTION 3 6/27/02 Submittal Nos. 1 la (reviewed) 3 6/27/02 Submittal Nos. 11 b (reviewed) JUL " Gl TY tO Sal S� EMS THESE ARE TRANSMITTED AS CHECKED BELOW: For approval Approved as submitted Resubmit copies for approval X For your use Approved as noted Submit_ copies for distribution As requested Returned for corrections Return _ corrected prints For your information Signature For review and comment For bids due: Prints returned after loan to us REMARKS I COPY TO: I Mr. J.D. Wilson, P.E., City of Renton A SIGNED: I Mark Miller, P.E. I ExT: 15372 I 07/01/02 10:10AM 1:\data\REN\I01.032\Submittals\Trans-GWagstcr-submittals Ila, I Ib.doc 300 Simon Street SE; Suite 5 East Wenatchee, WA 98802 509-886-2900 800-720-8052 Fax 509-886-2313 Project Submittal Review ProjectNamm North Talbot Pump Station Rehabilitation & Other Water Facility Modifications Contractor. Omega Contractors, Inc. Subcontractor. Submittal No: 11 a & 11 b Submittal Date: 6/27/02 pmjectNa REN 101-032. 05 RmiewedBy- DJ Bgiwen- %V2 '7Y ® Reviewed ❑ Rejected ❑ Revise and Resubmit ❑ Furnish as Corrected ltem(s )Reviewed and Comments: Item Approval Action Comment Vent Fan FQ129 w/gaurd Reviewed Vent Fan FQ108 w/gaurd Reviewed corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with the requirements of the drawings and specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. The contractor is responsible for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordinating his work with that of all other trades, and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner. J:\data\REM101-0321Submttals\submittal #11a & 11b.doc V ACME ENGINEERING S E r EtANUFACTURING CORPORATION P.O. Box 078 MtgkaMe. Cklahom 74402 iuFOR Plan View DIMENSIONS (Inches) A 1 6 1 C jd 16.00 113.251 4.00 11 _SD TAG: [1 ] V-1 P►ir I t Lwabon: Engineer. Cordmcwr. Submitted by: Date: North Talbot Renovation Renton, WA Omega contractors Coast Products M2402 FQ Direct Drive Propeller Well Fan S10ndwd Construction Peaturss: • .AJurninum bladed propeller rwt-•oy8rbading design ' Heavy gauge emxy coasted si el fratneforifice base • Mounts in any pion - Two-year 11mitsd warranty • MUM W10SA aptlans & +Acomooes: • WA3A121FQ - u 4&0 • W/SSC • WAG16 S1 316418 •- S u �' • WC12FQ — e.j Al cw L 4Ar t PERFORMANCE 4Alftdle - 9.001w% Temperalure - 70.00 Degrees fahmwmif, oenslty =DOTS thmn% Qty Mod9J Size Volume SP Speed TS 0V Pvw+e! Motor irtiarmatian (drn) (in wD) (rpm) (fpm) (fern) (bhp) f0.06 HP Vab PhI Hz I t5rtiel RPM p/Wdg 1 P2129 IM5 0.13 1356 42i9Q 1214 0 i2S 115 1 BO TEI 175M140 1 2-1 SOUND (1n then spare @ 5 feet 11.5 meters) Qcta�e bands 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 $ LWA dt3l�• vanes* Sound Power B6 t 58 57 57 55 48 1 44 1 $1 1 50 1 5A 71w WNW rwW4;c 9w= wv rbA»:r unkme i116" set ae .e " ea I " wt via edam ws ra watoom Tw*A' RM 11w*M SP-1e—h_ -#--I-r-r-r-i-I--r T--,--r- -r-t--r--�%l-I 3—F } -4- -I- --1 - A— I - 1 I 1 --1—L--1--L_1-JAL 1 1 1 I I I 1 J—L_iJ--{� 1 1 I 1 I 1 1 I I P•'� 1 1 GP& trg! `- _ "` • " t - -+- - I -i - 4-- 4 --E - 1— f - +- -/- -+ - .1 .� ► _ y. -I tit[ll 4-- - -— 6.2ii L— 4 _ _t.- - L _1 - -I— - - I I t 1 1 1 I...��T .1-- -{- —► - i — - L -� _ _J_ - 1 ,-,,,1 1 1 91W -I- I I I I I&CS 1 -�—{-+-+4-1—j a '.26D 4a.D 109 aoeef agae 4AM irw *am �noo vor`taln! Noniacdrer imdlV@l dIo rlpta 10 GIP11yB n 6' Iidlar,l Ivirn ltnm mn t ml drmli� rot' ffirelsFebtrwi p/Pi96 oWf Md in ea*+/41 Mm im 241425,. Id 2M Yemim 1 A-18 rllb, unite Tar Iltgtlll l 1 r. n . Tl" da net tle oc�ser4� Dlolr lClKl 4Qr itYL9a11. TAG: 11 j V-2 ACME ENGINEERING A MANUFACTURING CORPORATION P.O. Box 978 Muskogm. Oklahoma 74402 Plan View DiMENSION3 (Inches) A I B C I D 14_00 7.57 Z06 1 _S3 pug; Lomficn: Archtmt. amine- COMractor. Subgnibtsld by_ Eta%: North Talbot iRemwation Renton, WA Omeaa CW&Wtom Coast Products 624102 FQ Direct Drive ProWlelrWall Fan StaWarr-1 Comsbuctiop Fea-tu ex; - Atvminum Bladed propeller rms-wmA*ding dmgn - Heavy gauge epoxy cmd8d steel bamebrifice base - Aflame in any pxftn • Two-year fi"tw warrarrbp • Rack 81--_d • WlUL71ba W1GSA 00m., o A=ssorle,: W165c - WAG14 S1 316416 - G2_A-.t,#T7 2 M-dil'1r:- • WC10FQ n_�t4AIP.. PERFORMANCE (Aldtude = 0.00 feel• Temperatmre - 70.00 Degrees Fahrmhelt Denaliy - 0.07li IbW1 Qty Made! size s i ourria (r-frn) SP fin waj Speed (rpm) T8 (fpm) aV ffprn) Power (Waft) Mabr Mtortrlation HP voibs Purl Hz Enci RPM " "do1 FQ108 SW 0.12 15d1I 3�i M 120-00 Q_p35 115 1 60 TE jfm 1 SOUND (-Irl free space @ 5 feet 11.6 meters) Octave Bands I 1 1 2 3 4 1 5 f B 1 7 8 I LvtA I dW 16ijil Snund Pw er 77 62 59 54 1 53 1 55 1 48 1 43 f 60 1 48 1 6.6 i F& solm m*W $hmn am MLWN= mmm m ;an z. at 6R {i5 -) In a b an tmNlemI%fell Meow ply nilcA 94r4md 30%, vita zk. tm� ilm k"Wi fan type f. Frog tie! Ae can pwk, ass I FT_ I I I 1 I I i 1_ .,1 •••' t- I - I I- V a �niffi it %ft I_ I •,••- I T-r-1_-1-fi_T`_r-f-1-r-7-r-H-r i--T-1-I -+J--1 +4-4--k--1--1--�-4-+-4-4—i--1-4-A-1 OAR ` I 1 i_L 1 I I 1 t I I I I 1 l I 1 I 1 1 1 I I 1 ==1= r-_1_7_I-F-r= i =1_1 44 I I i I i I f I I r I i 1 I i i i 1 i I I 0.32 j._L_L f I 1 1 I I 1 t 1 t f 1 1 I 1 1 I 1 1 I I 4.� i 1 i 1 f f 1 may. - 1- - 4--1- � }- - -}- - E --I - -1--- - - -1 -} - "PV- zo-- C s,h .m 71s .00 +Soo ban 720 aw VOLIC" 111a1uaeG rur rrm•ta M to iReryo q)44"Qmu vilest eotfm Vhaaa am tg" drWmW ljc t w ch m idntrJ � Q�f mo we to~ Ii . Jn 24 f <2!, ii 2W. tlrt *m 1AA F. Neil62illyrt7R,taltn�ia{pnrNWmmt3L TlteldoMNoas aftshw*vWmsttdo,